Quectel MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual V1.2

User Manual:

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 260 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

MC20&MC30
AT Commands Manual
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
Rev. MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual_V1.2
Date: 2018-09-14
Status: Released
www.quectel.com
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 1 / 259
Our aim is to provide customers with timely and comprehensive service. For any
assistance, please contact our company headquarters:
Quectel Wireless Solutions Co., Ltd.
7th Floor, Hongye Building, No.1801 Hongmei Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai 200233, China
Tel: +86 21 5108 6236
Email: info@quectel.com
Or our local office. For more information, please visit:
http://www.quectel.com/support/sales.htm
For technical support, or to report documentation errors, please visit:
http://www.quectel.com/support/technical.htm
Or email to: support@quectel.com
GENERAL NOTES
QUECTEL OFFERS THE INFORMATION AS A SERVICE TO ITS CUSTOMERS. THE INFORMATION
PROVIDED IS BASED UPON CUSTOMERS’ REQUIREMENTS. QUECTEL MAKES EVERY EFFORT TO
ENSURE THE QUALITY OF THE INFORMATION IT MAKES AVAILABLE. QUECTEL DOES NOT MAKE
ANY WARRANTY AS TO THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND DOES NOT ACCEPT ANY
LIABILITY FOR ANY INJURY, LOSS OR DAMAGE OF ANY KIND INCURRED BY USE OF OR RELIANCE
UPON THE INFORMATION. ALL INFORMATION SUPPLIED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE
WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE.
COPYRIGHT
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HERE IS PROPRIETARY TECHNICAL INFORMATION OF QUECTEL
WIRELESS SOLUTIONS CO., LTD. TRANSMITTING, REPRODUCTION, DISSEMINATION AND
EDITING OF THIS DOCUMENT AS WELL AS UTILIZATION OF THE CONTENT ARE FORBIDDEN
WITHOUT PERMISSION. OFFENDERS WILL BE HELD LIABLE FOR PAYMENT OF DAMAGES. ALL
RIGHTS ARE RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF A PATENT GRANT OR REGISTRATION OF A UTILITY
MODEL OR DESIGN.
Copyright © Quectel Wireless Solutions Co., Ltd. 2018. All rights reserved.
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 2 / 259
About the Document
History
Revision
Date
Author
Description
1.0
2016-07-08
Hyman DING
Initial
1.1
2016-08-17
Hyman DING
Added AT+QDSIM command
1.2
2018-09-14
Simon HU/
Sandy YE
1. Added MC30 as the applicable module of the
document.
2. Deleted command AT+ILRR, AT+CRLP, AT+CMOD,
AT+QHTTPRSP and AT+QCFG=“RFTXburst”.
3. Updated the description of AT+QEAUART and
AT+QSEDCB (Chapter 3.7 and 3.8)
4. Added notes for AT+CSIM (Chapter 5.6)
5. Added command AT+CGLA (Chapter 5.15),
AT+QIKALIVE (Chapter 11.35),
AT+QPCMON (Chapter 13.19),
AT+QPCMVOL (Chapter 13.20),
AT+QTEMP (Chapter 14.8)
and AT+QMSDC (Chapter 14.8)
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 3 / 259
Contents
About the Document ................................................................................................................................ 2
Contents .................................................................................................................................................... 3
Table Index ............................................................................................................................................... 9
1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 10
1.1. Scope of the Document .......................................................................................................... 10
1.2. AT Command Syntax .............................................................................................................. 10
1.2.1. Combining AT Commands on the Same Command Line ............................................. 11
1.2.2. Entering Successive AT Commands on Separate Lines .............................................. 11
1.3. Supported Character Sets ...................................................................................................... 11
1.4. Flow Control ........................................................................................................................... 12
1.4.1. Software Flow Control (XON/XOFF Flow Control) ....................................................... 12
1.4.2. Hardware Flow Control (RTS/CTS Flow Control) ........................................................ 13
1.5. Unsolicited Result Codes ....................................................................................................... 13
2 General Commands ........................................................................................................................ 14
2.1. ATI Display Product Identification Information...................................................................... 14
2.2. AT+GMI Request Manufacturer Identification ...................................................................... 15
2.3. AT+GMM Request TA Model Identification........................................................................... 15
2.4. AT+GMR Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release ...................................... 16
2.5. AT+GOI Request Global Object Identification ...................................................................... 16
2.6. AT+CGMI Request Manufacturer Identification .................................................................... 17
2.7. AT+CGMM Request Model Identification ............................................................................. 18
2.8. AT+CGMR Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release ................................... 18
2.9. AT+GSN Request International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) ....................................... 19
2.10. AT+CGSN Request Product Serial Number Identification .................................................... 19
2.11. AT+QGSN Request Product Serial Number Identification (IMEI) ......................................... 20
2.12. AT&F Set All Current Parameters to Manufacturer Defaults ................................................ 21
2.13. AT&V Display Current Configuration .................................................................................... 21
2.14. AT&W Store Current Parameters to User Defined Profile .................................................... 23
2.15. ATQ Set Result Code Presentation Mode ............................................................................ 23
2.16. ATV TA Response Format .................................................................................................... 24
2.17. ATX Set CONNECT Result Code Format and Monitor Call Progress .................................. 26
2.18. ATZ Set All Current Parameters to User Defined Profile ...................................................... 26
2.19. AT+CFUN Set ME Functionality ........................................................................................... 27
2.20. AT+QPOWD Power off ........................................................................................................ 28
2.21. AT+CMEE Report Mobile Equipment Error .......................................................................... 29
2.22. AT+CSCS Select TE Character Set ..................................................................................... 30
2.23. AT+GCAP Request Complete TA Capabilities List ............................................................... 31
3 Serial Interface Control Commands .............................................................................................. 32
3.1. AT&C Set DCD Function Mode ............................................................................................ 32
3.2. AT&D Set DTR Function Mode ............................................................................................ 32
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 4 / 259
3.3. AT+ICF Set TE-TA Control Character Framing .................................................................... 33
3.4. AT+IFC Set TE-TA Local Data Flow Control ........................................................................ 34
3.5. AT+IPR Set TE-TA Fixed Local Rate ................................................................................... 35
3.5.1. Adaptive Baud Rate ..................................................................................................... 36
3.6. AT+CMUX Multiplexer Control ............................................................................................. 38
3.7. AT+QEAUART Configure Multi UART Function ................................................................... 39
3.8. AT+QSEDCB Configure Parameters of the Multi UART ...................................................... 40
4 Status Control Commands ............................................................................................................. 42
4.1. AT+CEER Extended Error Report ........................................................................................ 42
4.2. AT+CPAS Mobile Equipment Activity Status ........................................................................ 43
4.3. AT+QINDRI RI Indication When Using URC ........................................................................ 44
4.4. AT+QMOSTAT Show State of Mobile Originated Call .......................................................... 45
4.5. AT+QREFUSECS Refuse to Receive SMS/Incoming Call or Not ........................................ 46
4.6. AT+QIURC Enable or Disable Initial URC Presentation ....................................................... 46
4.7. AT+QEXTUNSOL Enable/Disable Proprietary Unsolicited Indications ................................ 47
4.8. AT+QINISTAT Query State of Initialization ........................................................................... 49
4.9. AT+QNSTATUS Query GSM Network Status ...................................................................... 49
4.10. AT+QNITZ Network Time Synchronization .......................................................................... 50
4.11. AT+QLTS Obtain Latest Network Time Synchronized .......................................................... 51
4.12. AT+CTZU Network Time Synchronization and Update the RTC Time ................................. 52
4.13. AT+CTZR Network Time Synchronization Report ................................................................ 53
4.14. AT+QSIMDET Enable/Disable (U)SIM Card Detection ........................................................ 53
4.15. AT+QSIMSTAT (U)SIM Inserted Status Reporting ............................................................... 54
4.16. AT+QCGTIND Circuit Switched Call or GPRS PDP Context Termination Indication ............ 55
5 (U)SIM Related Commands ............................................................................................................ 57
5.1. AT+CIMI Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) ....................................... 57
5.2. AT+CLCK Facility Lock ........................................................................................................ 58
5.3. AT+CPIN Enter PIN ............................................................................................................. 60
5.4. AT+CPWD Change Password ............................................................................................. 61
5.5. AT+CRSM Restricted (U)SIM Access .................................................................................. 63
5.6. AT+CSIM Generic (U)SIM Access ....................................................................................... 64
5.7. AT+QCSPWD Change PS Super Password ........................................................................ 65
5.8. AT+CCID Show CCID .......................................................................................................... 66
5.9. AT+QCCID Show CCID ....................................................................................................... 66
5.10. AT+QGID Get (U)SIM Card Group Identifier ........................................................................ 67
5.11. AT+QSIMVOL Select (U)SIM Card Operating Voltage ......................................................... 68
5.12. AT+QSPN Get Service Provider Name from (U)SIM ........................................................... 68
5.13. AT+QTRPIN Times Remained to Input (U)SIM PIN/PUK..................................................... 69
5.14. AT+QDSIM Dual (U)SIM Switching ...................................................................................... 70
5.15. AT+CGLA Generic (U)SIM Logical Channel Access ............................................................ 70
6 Network Service Commands .......................................................................................................... 72
6.1. AT+COPS Operator Selection ............................................................................................. 72
6.2. AT+CREG Network Registration Status ............................................................................... 74
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 5 / 259
6.3. AT+CSQ Signal Quality Report ............................................................................................ 75
6.4. AT+CPOL Preferred Operator List ....................................................................................... 76
6.5. AT+COPN Read Operator Names ....................................................................................... 77
6.6. AT+QBAND Get and Set Mobile Operation Band ................................................................ 78
6.7. AT+QENG Switch on or off Engineering Mode .................................................................... 79
6.8. AT+QSCANF Scan Power of GSM Frequency .................................................................... 82
6.9. AT+QLOCKF Lock GSM Frequency .................................................................................... 83
7 Call Related Commands ................................................................................................................. 84
7.1. ATA Answer an Incoming Call .............................................................................................. 84
7.2. ATD Mobile Originated Call to Dial a Number ...................................................................... 85
7.3. ATH Disconnect Existing Connection ................................................................................... 86
7.4. +++ Switch from Data Mode to Command Mode ................................................................. 87
7.5. ATO Switch from Command Mode to Data Mode ................................................................ 87
7.6. ATP Select Pulse Dialing ..................................................................................................... 88
7.7. ATS0 Set Number of Rings before Automatically Answering Call ........................................ 88
7.8. ATS6 Set Pause before Blind Dialing ................................................................................... 89
7.9. ATS7 Set the Time to Wait for Connection Completion ........................................................ 90
7.10. ATS8 Set the Time to Wait for Comma Dial Modifier ............................................................ 91
7.11. ATS10 Set Disconnect Delay after Indicating the Absence of Data Carrier ......................... 91
7.12. ATT Select Tone Dialing ....................................................................................................... 92
7.13. AT+CSTA Select Type of Address ........................................................................................ 92
7.14. AT+CLCC List Current Calls of ME ...................................................................................... 93
7.15. AT+CR Service Reporting Control ....................................................................................... 94
7.16. AT+CRC Set Cellular Result Code for Incoming Call Indication .......................................... 95
7.17. AT+CSNS Single Numbering Scheme ................................................................................. 96
7.18. AT+QSFR Preference Speech Coding ................................................................................. 97
7.19. AT+QSPCH Speech Channel Type Report .......................................................................... 98
7.20. AT+QDISH Disable ATH ...................................................................................................... 99
8 SMS Commands ............................................................................................................................ 101
8.1. AT+CSMS Select Message Service ................................................................................... 101
8.2. AT+CMGF Select SMS Message Format .......................................................................... 102
8.3. AT+CSCA SMS Service Center Address ........................................................................... 102
8.4. AT+CPMS Preferred SMS Message Storage .................................................................... 104
8.5. AT+CMGD Delete SMS Message ...................................................................................... 105
8.6. AT+CMGL List SMS Messages from Preferred Storage .................................................... 106
8.7. AT+CMGR Read SMS Message ........................................................................................ 109
8.8. AT+CMGS Send SMS Message ........................................................................................ 112
8.9. AT+CMGW Write SMS Message to Memory ..................................................................... 113
8.10. AT+CMSS Send SMS Message from Storage ................................................................... 115
8.11. AT+CMGC Send SMS Command ...................................................................................... 116
8.12. AT+CNMI New SMS Message Indications ......................................................................... 117
8.13. AT+CRES Restore SMS Settings ...................................................................................... 120
8.14. AT+CSAS Save SMS Settings ........................................................................................... 121
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 6 / 259
8.15. AT+CSCB Select Cell Broadcast SMS Messages ............................................................. 121
8.16. AT+CSDH Show SMS Text Mode Parameters ................................................................... 122
8.17. AT+CSMP Set SMS Text Mode Parameters ...................................................................... 123
8.18. AT+QCLASS0 Store Class 0 SMS to (U)SIM When Receiving Class 0 SMS .................... 124
8.19. AT+QMGDA Delete All SMS .............................................................................................. 126
8.20. AT+QSMSCODE Configure SMS Code Mode ................................................................... 126
9 Phonebook Commands ................................................................................................................ 128
9.1. AT+CPBS Select Phonebook Memory Storage ................................................................. 128
9.2. AT+CPBW Write Phonebook Entry .................................................................................... 129
9.3. AT+CPBR Read Current Phonebook Entries ..................................................................... 130
9.4. AT+CPBF Find Phonebook Entries .................................................................................... 131
9.5. AT+CNUM Subscriber Number .......................................................................................... 132
10 GPRS Commands ......................................................................................................................... 134
10.1. AT+CGATT Attach to/Detach from GPRS Service ............................................................. 134
10.2. AT+CGDCONT Define PDP Context ................................................................................. 135
10.3. AT+CGQREQ Quality of Service Profile (Requested) ........................................................ 136
10.4. AT+CGQMIN Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable) ......................................... 137
10.5. AT+CGACT PDP Context Activate or Deactivate ............................................................... 138
10.6. AT+CGDATA Enter Data State ........................................................................................... 139
10.7. AT+CGPADDR Show PDP Address ................................................................................... 140
10.8. AT+CGCLASS GPRS Mobile Station Class ....................................................................... 141
10.9. AT+CGEREP Control Unsolicited GPRS Event Reporting ................................................. 141
10.10. AT+CGREG Network Registration Status .......................................................................... 142
10.11. AT+CGSMS Select Service for MO SMS Messages.......................................................... 144
10.12. AT+QGPCLASS Change GPRS Multi-slot Class ............................................................... 145
11 TCP/IP Commands ........................................................................................................................ 146
11.1. AT+QIOPEN Start up TCP or UDP Connection ................................................................. 146
11.2. AT+QISEND Send Data through TCP or UDP Connection ................................................ 147
11.3. AT+QICLOSE Close TCP or UDP Connection ................................................................... 148
11.4. AT+QIDEACT Deactivate GPRS/CSD PDP Context ......................................................... 150
11.5. AT+QILPORT Set Local Port ............................................................................................. 150
11.6. AT+QIREGAPP Start TCP/IP Task and Set APN, User Name and Password ................... 151
11.7. AT+QIACT Activate GPRS/CSD Context ........................................................................... 152
11.8. AT+QILOCIP Get Local IP Address ................................................................................... 153
11.9. AT+QISTAT Query Current Connection Status .................................................................. 153
11.10. AT+QISTATE Query Connection Status of the Current Access .......................................... 155
11.11. AT+QISSTAT Query the Current Server Status ................................................................. 156
11.12. AT+QIDNSCFG Configure Domain Name Server .............................................................. 157
11.13. AT+QIDNSGIP Query the IP Address of Given Domain Name .......................................... 158
11.14. AT+QIDNSIP Connect with IP Address or Domain Name Server ...................................... 159
11.15. AT+QIHEAD Add an IP Header When Receiving Data ...................................................... 160
11.16. AT+QIAUTOS Set Auto Sending Timer .............................................................................. 160
11.17. AT+QIPROMPT Set Prompt of ‘>’ When Sending Data ..................................................... 161
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 7 / 259
11.18. AT+QISERVER Configured as Server ............................................................................... 162
11.19. AT+QICSGP Select CSD or GPRS as the Bearer ............................................................. 163
11.20. AT+QISRVC Choose Connection ...................................................................................... 164
11.21. AT+QISHOWRA Set Whether or Not to Display the Address of Sender ........................ 165
11.22. AT+QISCON Save TCP/IP Application Context ................................................................. 166
11.23. AT+QIMODE Select TCP/IP Transfer Mode ....................................................................... 167
11.24. AT+QITCFG Configure Transparent Transfer Mode .......................................................... 168
11.25. AT+QISHOWPT Control Whether or Not to Show the Protocol Type ................................. 169
11.26. AT+QIMUX Control Whether or Not to Enable Multiple TCP/IP Sessions .......................... 170
11.27. AT+QISHOWLA Control Whether or Not to Display Local IP Address ............................... 171
11.28. AT+QIFGCNT Select a Context as Foreground Context .................................................... 172
11.29. AT+QISACK Query the Data Information for Sending ....................................................... 173
11.30. AT+QINDI Set the Method to Handle Received TCP/IP Data ............................................ 173
11.31. AT+QIRD Retrieve the Received TCP/IP Data .................................................................. 175
11.32. AT+QISDE Control Whether or Not to Echo the Data for QISEND .................................... 176
11.33. AT+QPING Ping a Remote Server ..................................................................................... 177
11.34. AT+QNTP Synchronize the Local Time via NTP ................................................................ 178
11.35. AT+QIKALIVE Set TCP/IP Keep Alive Parameter .............................................................. 179
12 Supplementary Service Commands ............................................................................................ 181
12.1. AT+CCFC Call Forwarding Number and Conditions Control ............................................. 181
12.2. AT+CCUG Closed User Group Control .............................................................................. 183
12.3. AT+CCWA Call Waiting Control ......................................................................................... 184
12.4. AT+CHLD Call Hold and Multiparty .................................................................................... 185
12.5. AT+CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation ............................................................... 187
12.6. AT+QCLIP Control Whether or Not to Show the Name of Incoming Call Number ............. 189
12.7. AT+CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction .................................................................. 190
12.8. AT+COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation ....................................................... 191
12.9. AT+QCOLP Show Alpha Field in +COLP String ................................................................ 192
12.10. AT+CUSD Unstructured Supplementary Service Data ...................................................... 193
12.11. AT+CSSN Supplementary Services Notification ................................................................ 194
13 Audio Commands ......................................................................................................................... 196
13.1. ATL Set Monitor Speaker Loudness ................................................................................... 196
13.2. ATM Set Monitor Speaker Mode ........................................................................................ 196
13.3. AT+VTD Tone Duration ...................................................................................................... 197
13.4. AT+VTS DTMF and Tone Generation ................................................................................ 198
13.5. AT+CALM Alert Sound Mode ............................................................................................. 199
13.6. AT+CRSL Ringer Sound Level ........................................................................................... 199
13.7. AT+CLVL Loud Speaker Volume Level .............................................................................. 200
13.8. AT+CMUT Mute Control ..................................................................................................... 201
13.9. AT+QSIDET Change the Side Tone Gain Level ................................................................. 201
13.10. AT+QMIC Change the Microphone Gain Level .................................................................. 202
13.11. AT+QLDTMF Generate Local DTMF Tones ....................................................................... 203
13.12. AT+QAUDCH Swap the Audio Channels ........................................................................... 204
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 8 / 259
13.13. AT+QAUDLOOP Audio Channel Loop Back Test .............................................................. 204
13.14. AT+QLTONE Generate Local Specific Tone ...................................................................... 205
13.15. AT+QTONEP Set DTMF Output Path ................................................................................ 206
13.16. AT+QTDMOD Set Tone Detection Mode ........................................................................... 207
13.17. AT+QTONEDET Detect DTMF .......................................................................................... 208
13.18. AT+QWDTMF Play DTMF Tone During the Call ................................................................ 210
13.19. AT+QPCMON Configure PCM Interface ............................................................................ 212
13.20. AT+QPCMVOL Set/Get PCM Input/Output Volume ........................................................... 213
14 Hardware Related Commands ..................................................................................................... 214
14.1. AT+CCLK Clock ................................................................................................................. 214
14.2. AT+QALARM Set Alarm ..................................................................................................... 215
14.3. AT+CBC Battery Charge .................................................................................................... 216
14.4. AT+QADC Read ADC ........................................................................................................ 217
14.5. AT+QSCLK Configure Slow Clock ..................................................................................... 217
14.6. AT+QLEDMODE Configure the Network Indication LED Patterns ..................................... 218
14.7. AT+QVBATT Configure the Threshold of Voltage .............................................................. 219
14.8. AT+QTEMP Query the Current Voltage and Temperature ................................................. 221
14.9. AT+QMSDC Mount/Unmount an External SD Card ........................................................... 222
15 Others Commands ........................................................................................................................ 224
15.1. A/ Re-issue the Last Command Given ............................................................................... 224
15.2. ATE Set Command Echo Mode ......................................................................................... 224
15.3. ATS3 Set Command Line Termination Character .............................................................. 225
15.4. ATS4 Set Response Formatting Character ........................................................................ 225
15.5. ATS5 Set Command Line Editing Character ...................................................................... 226
15.6. AT+QRIMODE Set RI Time ............................................................................................... 226
16 Appendix References ................................................................................................................... 228
16.1. Related Documents .............................................................................................................. 228
16.2. Terms and Abbreviations ...................................................................................................... 229
16.3. Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F .................................................................... 230
16.4. AT Command Settings Storable with AT&W ......................................................................... 232
16.5. AT Command Settings Storable with ATZ ............................................................................. 234
16.6. Summary of URC ................................................................................................................. 236
16.7. Summary of CME ERROR Codes ........................................................................................ 239
16.8. Summary of CMS ERROR Codes ........................................................................................ 243
16.9. Summary of Cause for Extended Error Report ..................................................................... 245
16.9.1. Location ID for the Extended Error Report ................................................................. 245
16.9.2. Cause for Protocol Stack (PS) Layer ......................................................................... 245
16.9.3. Internal Cause for MM Layer ..................................................................................... 257
16.9.4. Cause for PPP/IP-Stack ............................................................................................ 258
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 9 / 259
Table Index
TABLE 1: TYPES OF AT COMMANDS AND RESPONSES .............................................................................. 11
TABLE 2: CURRENT CONFIGURATION LIST WHEN EXECUTING AT&V COMMAND ................................. 22
TABLE 3: ATV0&ATV1 RESULT CODES NUMERIC EQUIVALENTS AND BRIEF DESCRIPTIONS .............. 25
TABLE 4: RELATED DOCUMENTS ................................................................................................................ 228
TABLE 5: TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS ...................................................................................................... 229
TABLE 6: FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS RESTORABLE WITH AT&F ...................................................... 230
TABLE 7: AT COMMAND SETTINGS STORABLE WITH AT&W .................................................................... 232
TABLE 8: AT COMMAND SETTINGS STORABLE WITH ATZ ....................................................................... 234
TABLE 9: SUMMARY OF URC ....................................................................................................................... 236
TABLE 10: DIFFERENT CODING SCHEMES OF +CME ERROR: <ERR> ................................................... 239
TABLE 11: DIFFERENT CODING SCHEMES OF +CMS ERROR: <ERR> ................................................... 243
TABLE 12: LOCATION ID FOR THE EXTENDED ERROR REPORT ............................................................ 245
TABLE 13: CAUSE FOR PROTOCOL STACK (PS) LAYER ........................................................................... 245
TABLE 14: INTERNAL CAUSE FOR MM LAYER ........................................................................................... 257
TABLE 15: CAUSE FOR PPP/IP-STACK ........................................................................................................ 258
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 10 / 259
1 Introduction
1.1. Scope of the Document
This document presents the AT Commands Set for Quectel cellular engines MC20 and MC30.
1.2. AT Command Syntax
The “AT” or “at” prefix must be set at the beginning of each command line. To terminate a command line
enter <CR>. Commands are usually followed by a response that includes
“<CR><LF><response><CR><LF>”. Throughout this document, only the responses are presented,
“<CR><LF>” are omitted intentionally.
The AT Commands Set implemented by MC20 & MC30 is a combination of GSM07.05, GSM07.07 and
ITU-T recommendation V.25ter as well as the AT commands developed by Quectel.
All these AT commands can be split into three categories syntactically: “basic”, “S parameter”, and
“extended”. They are listed as follows:
- Basic syntax
These AT commands have the format of “AT<x><n>”, or “AT&<x><n>”, where “<x>” is the command, and
“<n>” is/are the argument(s) for that command. An example of this is “ATE<n>”, which tells the DCE
whether received characters should be echoed back to the DTE according to the value of “<n>”. “<n>” is
optional and a default will be used if it is missing.
- S parameter syntax
These AT commands have the format of “ATS<n>=<m>”, where “<n>” is the index of the S register to set,
and “<m>” is the value to assign to it.
- Extended syntax
These commands can be operated in several modes, as following table:
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 11 / 259
Table 1: Types of AT Commands and Responses
1.2.1. Combining AT Commands on the Same Command Line
You can enter several AT commands on the same line. In this case, you do not need to type the “AT” or
“at” prefix before every command. Instead, you only need to type “AT” or “at” at the beginning of the
command line. Please note that use a semicolon as command delimiter.
The command line buffer can accept a maximum of 256 characters. If the input characters exceeded the
maximum, then no command will be executed and TA will return “ERROR”.
1.2.2. Entering Successive AT Commands on Separate Lines
When you need to enter a series of AT commands on separate lines, please note that you need to wait the
final response (for example OK, CME error, CMS error) of the last AT command you entered before you
enter the next AT command.
1.3. Supported Character Sets
MC20/MC30 AT command interface defaults to the GSM character set. The module supports the following
character sets:
- GSM
- UCS2
- HEX
- IRA
- PCCP437
- 8859-1
The character set can be configured and interrogated using the AT+CSCS command (GSM 07.07). The
character set is defined in GSM specification 07.05. The character set affects transmission and reception
of SMS and SMS Cell Broadcast Messages, as well as the entry and display of phone book entries text
Test Command
AT+<x>=?
Read Command
AT+<x>?
Write Command
AT+<x>=<…>
Execution
Command
AT+<x>
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 12 / 259
field and (U)SIM Application Toolkit alpha strings.
1.4. Flow Control
Flow control is very important for correct communication between the GSM engine and the DTE. In cases
such as a data or fax call, the sending device is transferring data faster than the receiving side ready to
accept. When the receiving buffer reaches its capacity, the receiving device should be able to cause the
sending device to pause until it catches up.
There are basically two approaches to achieve data flow control: software flow control and hardware flow
control. MC20/MC30 supports both two kinds of flow control.
In multiplex mode, it is recommended to use the hardware flow control.
The default flow control approach of MC20/MC30 is disabled.
1.4.1. Software Flow Control (XON/XOFF Flow Control)
Software flow control sends different characters to stop (XOFF, decimal 19) and resume (XON, decimal
17) data flow. It is quite useful in some applications that only use three wires on the serial interface.
The default flow control approach of MC20/MC30 is disabled. To enable software flow control in the DTE
interface and within GSM engine, type the following AT command:
AT+IFC=1,1<CR>
This setting is stored in volatile memory, for use after restart. AT+IFC=1,1<CR> should be stored to the
user profile with AT&W<CR>.
Ensure that all communication software packages (e.g. ProComm Plus, Hyper Terminal or WinFax Pro)
use software flow control.
Software Flow Control should not be used for data calls where binary data will be transmitted or received
(e.g. TCP/IP), because the DTE interface may interpret binary data as flow control characters.
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 13 / 259
1.4.2. Hardware Flow Control (RTS/CTS Flow Control)
The default flow control approach of MC20/MC30 is disabled. To enable hardware flow control (RTS/CTS
flow control) in the DTE interface and within GSM engine, type the following AT command:
AT+IFC=2,2<CR>
This setting is stored volatile, for use after restart. AT+IFC=2,2<CR> should be stored to the user profile
with AT&W<CR>.
Hardware flow control achieves the data flow control by controlling the RTS/CTS line. When the data
transfer is suspended, the CTS line is set inactive until the transfer from the receiving buffer has been
completed. When the receiving buffer is ready to receive more data, CTS goes active once again.
To achieve hardware flow control, ensure that the RTS/CTS lines are available on your application platform.
1.5. Unsolicited Result Codes
A URC is a report message sent from the ME to the TE. An unsolicited result code can be delivered
automatically when an event occurs, reflect changes in system state, or act as the result of a query the
ME received before. It is often delivered due to occurrences of errors in executing the queries. However,
a URC is not issued as a direct response to an executed AT command. AT commands have their own
implementations to validate inputs such as OK or ERROR.
Typical URCs may be information about incoming calls, received SMS, changing temperature, status of
the battery, etc. A summary of URCs is listed in Chapter 16.6.
When sending a URC, the ME activates its Ring Interrupt (Logic “l”), i.e. the line goes active low for a few
milliseconds. If an event which delivers a URC coincides with the execution of an AT command, the URC
will be output after command execution has been completed.
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 14 / 259
2 General Commands
2.1. ATI Display Product Identification Information
Parameter
Example
ATI
Quectel_Ltd
Quectel_MC30
Revision: MC30CAR01A01
OK
ATI Display Product Identification Information
Execution Command
ATI
Response
TA returns a product information text.
Quectel_Ltd
<Object Id>
Revision: <revision>
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<Object Id> Identifier of device type
<revision> Identification text of product software version
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 15 / 259
2.2. AT+GMI Request Manufacturer Identification
Parameter
2.3. AT+GMM Request TA Model Identification
AT+GMI Request Manufacturer Identification
Test Command
AT+GMI=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+GMI
Response
TA reports one or more lines of information text which permits
the user to identify the manufacturer.
Quectel_Ltd
<Object Id>
Revision: MTK 0828
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<Object Id> Identifier of device type
AT+GMM Request TA Model Identification
Test Command
AT+GMM=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+GMM
Response
TA returns a product model identification text.
<Object Id>
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 16 / 259
Parameter
2.4. AT+GMR Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release
Parameter
Example
AT+GMR
Revision: MC30CAR01A01
OK
2.5. AT+GOI Request Global Object Identification
<Object Id> Identifier of device type
AT+GMR Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release
Test Command
AT+GMR=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+GMR
Response
TA reports one or more lines of information text which permits
the user to identify the revision of software release.
Revision: <revision>
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<revision> Identification text of product software version
AT+GOI Request Global Object Identification
Test Command
AT+GOI=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+GOI
Response
TA reports one or more lines of information text which permits
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 17 / 259
Parameter
See CCITT Recommendation X.208 and CCITT Recommendation 209 for the format of <Object Id>. For
example, in MC20 or MC30 module, string “MC20” or “MC30” is displayed.
2.6. AT+CGMI Request Manufacturer Identification
Parameter
the user to identify the device, based on the ISO system for
registering unique object identifiers.
<Object Id>
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<Object Id> Identifier of device type
AT+CGMI Request Manufacturer Identification
Test Command
AT+CGMI=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+CGMI
Response
TA returns manufacturer identification text.
Quectel_Ltd
<Object Id>
Revision: MTK 0828
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<Object Id> Identifier of device type
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 18 / 259
2.7. AT+CGMM Request Model Identification
Parameter
2.8. AT+CGMR Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release
Parameter
AT+CGMM Request Model Identification
Test Command
AT+CGMM=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+CGMM
Response
TA returns product model identification text.
<Object Id>
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<Object Id> Identifier of device type
AT+CGMR Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release
Test Command
AT+CGMR=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+CGMR
Response
TA returns product software version identification text.
Revision: <revision>
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<revision> Identification text of product software version
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 19 / 259
2.9. AT+GSN Request International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI)
Parameter
The serial number (IMEI) varies with the individual ME device.
2.10. AT+CGSN Request Product Serial Number Identification
The command returns International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) number of ME. It is identical with
AT+GSN.
AT+GSN Request International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI)
Test Command
AT+GSN=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+GSN
Response
TA reports the IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity)
number in information text which permits the user to identify
the individual ME device.
<sn>
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<sn> IMEI of the ME
AT+CGSN Request Product Serial Number Identification
Test Command
AT+CGSN=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+CGSN
Response
<sn>
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 20 / 259
Parameter
The serial number (IMEI) varies with the individual ME device.
2.11. AT+QGSN Request Product Serial Number Identification (IMEI)
Parameter
The serial number (IMEI) varies with the individual ME device.
Example
AT+QGSN //Query the IMEI
+QGSN: “865734020000749”
OK
Reference
GSM 07.07
<sn> IMEI of the ME
AT+QGSN Request Product Serial Number Identification (IMEI)
Test Command
AT+QGSN=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+QGSN
Response
+QGSN: <sn>
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
<sn> A string parameter which indicates the IMEI of the ME
NOTE
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 21 / 259
2.12. AT&F Set All Current Parameters to Manufacturer Defaults
Parameter
The command resets AT command settings to manufacturer default values. However, it does not change
the current baud rate of UART.
2.13. AT&V Display Current Configuration
Parameter
AT&F Set All Current Parameters to Manufacturer Defaults
Execution Command
AT&F[<value>]
Response
TA sets all current parameters to the manufacturer defined
profile.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<value> 0 Set all TA parameters to manufacturer defaults
AT&V Display Current Configuration
Execution Command
AT&V[<n>]
Response
TA returns the current parameter setting.
ACTIVE PROFILE
<current configurations text>
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<n> 0 Profile number
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 22 / 259
Table 2: Current Configuration List When Executing AT&V Command
AT&V or AT&V0
AT&V
ACTIVE PROFILE
E: 1
Q: 0
V: 1
X: 4
S0: 0
S2: 43
S3: 13
S4: 10
S5: 8
S6: 2
S7: 60
S8: 2
S10: 15
+CR: 0
+FCLASS: 0
+CMGF: 0
+CSDH: 0
+ILRR: 0
+CMEE: 1
+CBST: 7,0,1
+IFC: 0,0
+ICF: 3,3
+CNMI: 2,1,0,0,0
+CSCS: “GSM”
+IPR: 0
&C: 1
&D: 0
+CSTA: 129
+CCWE: 0
+QSIMSTAT: 0
+CMUX: -1
+CCUG: 0,0,0
+CLIP: 0
+COLP: 0
+CCWA: 0
+CAOC: 1
+CLIR: 0
+CUSD: 0
+CREG: 0
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 23 / 259
+QSIMDET: 0,0,0
+QMIC: 4,9,8
+QSIDET(NORMAL_AUDIO): 80
+QSIDET(HEADSET_AUDIO): 144
+QCLIP: 0
+QCOLP: 0
+CSNS: 0
OK
2.14. AT&W Store Current Parameters to User Defined Profile
Parameter
The profile defined by user is stored in nonvolatile memory.
2.15. ATQ Set Result Code Presentation Mode
AT&W Store Current Parameters to User Defined Profile
Execution Command
AT&W[<n>]
Response
TA stores the current parameter setting in the user defined
profile.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<n> 0 Profile number to store current parameters
ATQ Set Result Code Presentation Mode
Execution Command
ATQ[<n>]
Response
This parameter setting determines whether or not the TA
transmits any result code to the TE. Information text
transmitted in response is not affected by this setting.
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 24 / 259
Parameter
2.16. ATV TA Response Format
Parameter
The result codes, their numeric equivalents and brief descriptions of the use of each are listed in the
following table.
If <n>=0:
OK
If <n>=1:
(none)
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<n> 0 TA transmits result code
1 Result codes are suppressed and not transmitted
ATV TA Response Format
Execution Command
ATV[<value>]
Response
This parameter setting determines the contents of the header
and trailer transmitted with result codes and information
responses.
When <value>=0:
0
When <value>=1:
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<value> 0 Information response: <text><CR><LF>
Short result code format: <numeric code><CR>
1 Information response: <CR><LF><text><CR><LF>
Long result code format: <CR><LF><verbose code><CR><LF>
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 25 / 259
Example
ATV1 //Set <value>=1
OK
AT+CSQ
+CSQ: 30,0
OK //When <value>=1, the result code is OK
ATV0 //Set <value>=0
0
AT+CSQ
+CSQ: 30,0
0 //When <value>=0, the result code is 0
Table 3: ATV0&ATV1 Result Codes Numeric Equivalents and Brief Descriptions
ATV1
ATV0
Description
OK
0
Acknowledges execution of a command
CONNECT
1
A connection has been established; the DCE is moving
from command mode to data mode
RING
2
The DCE has detected an incoming call signal from
network.
NO CARRIER
3
The connection has been terminated or the attempt to
establish a connection is failed.
ERROR
4
Command not recognized, command line maximum
length exceeded, parameter value invalid, or other
problem with processing the command line
NO DIALTONE
6
No dial tone detected
BUSY
7
Engaged (busy) signal detected
NO ANSWER
8
“@” (Wait for Quiet Answer) dial modifier was used, but
remote ringing followed by five seconds of silence was
not detected before expiration of the connection timer
(S7)
PROCEEDING
9
An AT command is being processed
CONNECT <text>
Manufacturer-specific
Same as CONNECT, but includes manufacturer-
specific text that may specify DTE speed, line speed,
error control, data compression, or other status.
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 26 / 259
2.17. ATX Set CONNECT Result Code Format and Monitor Call Progress
Parameter
1. If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behavior as ATX0.
2. The factory default is <value>=4.
2.18. ATZ Set All Current Parameters to User Defined Profile
ATX Set CONNECT Result Code Format and Monitor Call Progress
Execution Command
ATX[<value>]
Response
This parameter setting determines whether or not the TA
detected the presence of a dial tone or busy signal, and
whether or not the TA transmits particular result codes.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<value> 0 CONNECT result code returned only. Dial tone and busy signal detection are
both disabled.
1 CONNECT<text> result code returned only. Dial tone and busy signal
detection are both disabled.
2 CONNECT<text> result code returned. Dial tone detection is enabled, while
busy signal detection is disabled.
3 CONNECT<text> result code returned. Dial tone detection is disabled, while
busy signal detection is enabled.
4 CONNECT<text> result code returned. Dial tone and busy signal detection
are both enabled.
ATZ Set All Current Parameters to User Defined Profile
Execution Command
ATZ[<value>]
Response
TA sets all current parameters to the user defined profile.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 27 / 259
Parameter
1. The command restores the current AT command settings to the user defined profile in non-volatile
memory, if one was stored with AT&W before.
2. Any additional AT commands on the same command line are ignored.
3. The command will not change the current baud rate of UART.
4. If the user profile is invalid, it will default to the factory default profile.
2.19. AT+CFUN Set ME Functionality
Parameter
Reference
V.25ter
<value> 0 Reset to profile number 0
AT+CFUN Set ME Functionality
Test Command
AT+CFUN=?
Response
+CFUN: (list of supported <fun>s),(list of supported <rst>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CFUN?
Response
+CFUN: <fun>
OK
Write Command
AT+CFUN=<fun>[,<rst>]
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
15s, determined by network.
Reference
GSM 07.07
<fun> 0 Minimum functionality
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 28 / 259
Example
AT+CFUN=0 //Switch the ME to minimum functionality
+CPIN: NOT READY
OK
AT+COPS?
+COPS: 0 //Not registered to any operator
OK
AT+CPIN?
+CME ERROR: 13 //(U)SIM failure
AT+CFUN=1 //Switch the ME to full functionality
OK
+CPIN: SIM PIN
AT+CPIN=1234
+CPIN: READY
OK
Call Ready
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: READY
OK
AT+COPS?
+COPS: 0,0,“CHINA MOBILE” //Registered to an operator
OK
2.20. AT+QPOWD Power off
1 Full functionality (Default)
4 Disable the ME from both transmitting and receiving RF signals
<rst> 0 Do not reset the ME before setting it to <fun> power level
This is default when <rst> is not given
1 Reset the ME before setting it to <fun> power level
AT+QPOWD Power off
Write Command
AT+QPOWD=<n>
Response
When <n>=0:
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 29 / 259
Parameter
Example
AT+QPOWD=0
OK //Urgent power off: returns OK
AT+QPOWD=1
NORMAL POWER DOWN //Normal power off: sends out URC NORMAL POWER DOWN
2.21. AT+CMEE Report Mobile Equipment Error
OK
When <n>=1:
NORMAL POWER DOWN
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
<n> 0 Urgent power off (Do not send out URC NORMAL POWER DOWN)
1 Normal power off (Send out URC NORMAL POWER DOWN)
AT+CMEE Report Mobile Equipment Error
Test Command
AT+CMEE=?
Response
+CMEE: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CMEE?
Response
+CMEE: <n>
OK
Write Command
AT+CMEE=[<n>]
Response
TA disables or enables the use of result code +CME ERROR:
<err> as an indication of an error related to the functionality of
the ME.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 30 / 259
Parameter
Example
AT+CMEE=0 //Disable result code
OK
AT+CPIN=1234
ERROR //Only ERROR will be displayed
AT+CMEE=1 //Enable error result code with numeric values
OK
AT+CPIN=1234
+CME ERROR: 10
AT+CMEE=2 //Enable error result code with verbose (string) values
OK
AT+CPIN=1234
+CME ERROR: SIM not inserted
2.22. AT+CSCS Select TE Character Set
<n> 0 Disable result code
1 Enable result code and use numeric values
2 Enable result code and use verbose values
AT+CSCS Select TE Character Set
Test Command
AT+CSCS=?
Response
+CSCS: (list of supported <chset>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSCS?
Response
+CSCS: <chset>
OK
Write Command
AT+CSCS=<chset>
Response
Set character set <chset> which is used by the TE. The TA
can then convert character strings correctly between the TE
and ME character sets.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 31 / 259
Parameter
Example
AT+CSCS? //Query the current character set
+CSCS: “GSM”
OK
AT+CSCS=“UCS2” //Set the character set to “UCS2”
OK
AT+CSCS?
+CSCS: “UCS2”
OK
2.23. AT+GCAP Request Complete TA Capabilities List
Parameter
<chset> “GSM” GSM default alphabet
“HEX” Character strings consist only of hexadecimal numbers from 00 to FF
“IRA” International reference alphabet
“PCCP437” PC character set code
“UCS2” UCS2 alphabet
“8859-1” ISO 8859 Latin 1 character set
AT+GCAP Request Complete TA Capabilities List
Test Command
AT+GCAP=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+GCAP
Response
TA reports a list of additional capabilities.
+GCAP: <name>
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<name> +CGSM GSM function is supported
+FCLASS FAX function is supported
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 32 / 259
3 Serial Interface Control Commands
3.1. AT&C Set DCD Function Mode
Parameter
3.2. AT&D Set DTR Function Mode
AT&C Set DCD Function Mode
Execution Command
AT&C[<value>]
Response
This parameter determines how the state of circuit 109 (DCD)
relates to the detection of received line signal from the distant
end.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<value> 0 DCD (data carrier detection) function is always ON
1 DCD (data carrier detection) function is ON only in the presence of data carrier
AT&D Set DTR Function Mode
Execution Command
AT&D[<value>]
Response
This parameter determines how the TA responds when circuit
108/2 (DTR) is changed from low to high level during data
mode.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 33 / 259
Parameter
3.3. AT+ICF Set TE-TA Control Character Framing
Parameter
<value> 0 TA ignores status on DTR.
1 LowHigh on DTR: Change to command mode while remaining the connected call.
2 LowHigh on DTR: Disconnect data call and change to command mode. When DTR
is in high level, auto-answer function is disabled.
AT+ICF Set TE-TA Control Character Framing
Test Command
AT+ICF=?
Response
+ICF: (list of supported <format>s),(list of supported
<parity>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+ICF?
Response
+ICF: <format>,<parity>
OK
Write Command
AT+ICF=<format>[,<parity>]
Response
This parameter setting determines the serial interface
character framing format and parity received by TA from TE.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<format> 1 8 data 0 parity 2 stop
2 8 data 1 parity 1 stop
3 8 data 0 parity 1 stop
4 7 data 0 parity 2 stop
5 7 data 1 parity 1 stop
6 7 data 0 parity 1 stop
<parity> 0 Odd
1 Even
2 Mark
3 Space
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 34 / 259
1. The command is applied for command mode.
2. The <parity> field is ignored if the <format> field specifies no parity.
3.4. AT+IFC Set TE-TA Local Data Flow Control
Parameter
Example
AT+IFC=2,2 //Open the hardware flow control
OK
AT+IFC Set TE-TA Local Data Flow Control
Test Command
AT+IFC=?
Response
+IFC: (list of supported <dce_by_dte>s),(list of supported
<dte_by_dce>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+IFC?
Response
+IFC: <dce_by_dte>,<dte_by_dce>
OK
Write Command
AT+IFC=<dce_by_dte>,<dte_by_dce>
Response
This parameter setting determines the data flow control on the
serial interface for data mode.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<dce_by_dte> Specifies the method that will be used by TE when receiving data from TA
0 None
1 XON/XOFF
2 RTS flow control
<dte_by_dce> Specifies the method that will be used by TA when receiving data from TE
0 None
1 XON/XOFF
2 CTS flow control
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 35 / 259
AT+IFC?
+IFC: 2,2
OK
3.5. AT+IPR Set TE-TA Fixed Local Rate
Parameter
AT+IPR Set TE-TA Fixed Local Rate
Test Command
AT+IPR=?
Response
+IPR: (list of supported auto detectable <rate>s),(list of
supported fixed-only <rate>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+IPR?
Response
+IPR: <rate>
OK
Write Command
AT+IPR=<rate>
Response
This parameter setting determines the data rate of the TA on
the serial interface. After the delivery of any result code
associated with the current command line, the rate set by the
command takes effect.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<rate> Baud rate per second
0 (Autobauding)
300
600
1200
2400
4800
9600
14400
19200
28800
38400
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 36 / 259
1. The default configuration of AT+IPR is adaptive baud rate enabled (AT+IPR=0).
2. If a fixed baud rate is set, make sure that both TE (DTE, usually external processor) and TA (DCE,
Quectel GSM module) are configured to the same rate. If adaptive baud rate is enabled, the TA could
automatically recognize the baud rate currently used by the TE after receiving “AT” or “at” string.
3. The value of AT+IPR cannot be restored with AT&F and ATZ, but it is still storable with AT&W and
visible in AT&V.
4. In multiplex mode, the baud rate cannot be changed by the write command AT+IPR=<rate>, and the
setting is invalid and not stored even if AT&W is executed after the write command.
5. A selected baud rate takes effect after the Write Commands are executed and acknowledged by OK.
Example
AT+IPR=115200 //Set fixed baud rate to 115200bps
OK
AT&W //Store current setting, that is, the serial communication
speed is 115200bps after restarting module.
OK
AT+IPR?
+IPR: 115200
OK
3.5.1. Adaptive Baud Rate
To take advantage of adaptive baud rate mode, specific attention must be paid to the following
requirements:
1. Adaptive baud rate synchronization between TE and TA.
- Ensure that TE and TA are correctly synchronized and the baud rate used by the TE is detected
by the TA. The baud rate can be synchronized simply by use an “AT” or “at” string. This is
necessary after customer activates adaptive baud rate or when customer starts up the module
with adaptive baud rate enabled.
- It is recommended to wait for 2 to 3 seconds before sending the first “AT” or “at” string after the
module is started up with adaptive baud rate enabled. Otherwise undefined characters might be
returned.
57600
115200
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 37 / 259
2. Restriction on adaptive baud rate operation.
- The serial interface shall be used with 8 data bits, no parity and 1 stop bit (factory setting).
- The command “A/” can’t be used.
- Only the string “AT” or “at” can be detected (either “AT” or “at”).
- URCs that may be issued before the TA detect a new baud rate by receiving the first AT character,
and they will be sent at the previously detected baud rate.
- If TE’s baud rate is changed after TA has recognized the earlier baud rate, loss of synchronization
between TE and TA would be encountered and an “AT” or “at” string must be re-sent by TE to
regain synchronization on baud rate. To avoid undefined characters during baud rate
resynchronization and the possible malfunction of resynchronization, it is not recommended to
switch TE’s baud rate when adaptive baud rate is enabled. Especially, this operation is forbidden
in data mode.
3. Adaptive baud rate and baud rate after restarting.
- In the adaptive baud rate mode, the detected baud rate is not saved. Therefore, resynchronization
is required after restarting the module.
- Unless the baud rate is determined, an incoming CSD call can’t be accepted. This must be taken
into account when adaptive baud rate and auto-answer mode (ATS0≠0) are enabled at the same
time, especially if (U)SIM PIN 1 authentication is done automatically and the setting ATS0≠0 is
stored to the user profile with AT&W.
- Until the baud rate is synchronized, URCs after restarting will not be output when adaptive baud
rate is enabled.
4. Adaptive baud rate and multiplex mode.
If adaptive baud rate is active, it is not recommended to switch to multiplex mode.
5. Adaptive baud rate and Windows modem.
- The baud rate used by Windows modem can be detected while setting up a dial-up GPRS/CSD
connection. However, some Windows modem drivers switch TE’s baud rate to default value
automatically after the GPRS call is terminated. In order to prevent no response to the Windows
modem when it happens, it is not recommended to establish the dial-up GPRS/CSD connection
in adaptive baud rate mode.
- Based on the same considerations, it is also not recommended to establish the FAX connection
in adaptive baud rate mode for PC FAX application, such as WinFax.
To assure reliable communication and avoid any problem caused by undetermined baud rate between
DCE and DTE, it is strongly recommended to configure a fixed baud rate and save it instead of using
adaptive baud rate after start-up.
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 38 / 259
3.6. AT+CMUX Multiplexer Control
Parameter
AT+CMUX Multiplexer Control
Test Command
AT+CMUX=?
Response
+CMUX: (list of supported <mode>s),(<subset>s),(<port_
speed>s),(<N1>s),(<T1>s),(<N2>s),(<T2>s),(<T3>s),(<k>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CMUX?
Response
+CMUX: <mode>,0,5,127,10,3,30,10,2
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Write Command
AT+CMUX=[<mode>[,<subset>[,<port
_speed>[,<N1>[,<T1>[,<N2>[,<T2>[,<T
3>[,<k>]]]]]]]]]
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<mode> Multiplexer transparency mechanism
0 Basic option
<subset> The way by which the multiplexer control channel is set up
0 UIH frames used only
<port_speed> Transmission rate
5 115200bit/s
<N1> Maximum frame size
127
<T1> Acknowledgement timer in a unit of ten milliseconds
10
<N2> Maximum number of re-transmissions
3
<T2> Response timer for the multiplexer control channel in a unit of ten milliseconds
30
<T3> Wake up response timers in seconds
10
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 39 / 259
1. Advanced option with Error Recovery options is not supported.
2. The multiplexing transmission rate is fixed according to the current serial baud rate. It is recommended
to enable multiplexing protocol under 115200bps baud rate.
3. Multiplexer control channels are listed as follows:
Channel Number Type DLCI
None Multiplexer Control 0
1 07.07 and 07.05 1
2 07.07 and 07.05 2
3 07.07 and 07.05 3
4 07.07 and 07.05 4
3.7. AT+QEAUART Configure Multi UART Function
<k> Window size, for advanced operation with Error Recovery options
2
AT+QEAUART Configure Multi UART Function
Test Command
AT+QEAUART=?
Response
+QEAUART: (list of supported <mode>s),<debug port>
OK
Read Command
AT+QEAUART?
Response
+QEAUART: <mode>,<debug port>
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Write Command
AT+QEAUART=<mode>,<debug port>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 40 / 259
Parameter
1. When multi UART function is enabled, the Debug UART port can be used to execute AT commands.
For more details about the Debug UART port, please refer to document [8] and document [9].
2. The Aux UART port cannot be used to execute data transmission-related AT commands. It is used for
modem communication with MC20 or MC30’s embedded GNSS engine.
3.8. AT+QSEDCB Configure Parameters of the Multi UART
<mode> 0 Disable multi UART function
1 UART 1 and UART 3 are used as AT UART port
2 UART 1 and UART 2 are used as AT UART port
3 UART 1, UART 2 and UART 3 are used as AT UART port
<debug port> 2 UART 2 is used as debug port
3 UART 3 is used as debug port
99 No UART port is used as debug port
AT+QSEDCB Configure Parameters of the Multi UART
Test Command
AT+QSEDCB=?
Response
+QSEDCB: (list of supported <baudrate>s),(list of supported
<databits>s),(list of supported <stopbits>s),(list of supported
<parity>s),(list of supported <port>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QSEDCB?
Response
+QSEDCB: <Port2> <baudrate>,<databits>,<stopbits>,<
parity>[; <Port3> <baudrate>,<databits>,<stopbits>,<par
ity>]
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Write Command
AT+QSEDCB=<baudrate>,<databits>,
<stopbits>,<parity>,<port>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 41 / 259
Parameter
1. This command can be saved by AT&W.
2. When multi UART port function is enabled, the AT+QSEDCB command will be executed successfully;
otherwise an error will be returned.
Reference
Quectel
<baudrate> Baud rate
1200
2400
4800
9600
14400
19200
28800
38400
57600
115200
<databits> Data bits
5
6
7
8
<stopbits> Stop bits
1
2
3
<parity> Parity
0 None
1 Odd
2 Even
3 Mark
<port> The UART port to be configured
2 The selected UART port is UART 2
3 The selected UART port is UART 3
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 42 / 259
4 Status Control Commands
4.1. AT+CEER Extended Error Report
Parameter
Example
AT+CEER //Query error reporting in normal state, return “No error”
+CEER: 0,0
OK
ATD10086;
OK
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,“10086”,129,“”
AT+CEER Extended Error Report
Test Command
AT+CEER=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+CEER
Response
TA returns an extended report of the reason for the last call
release.
+CEER: <locationID>,<cause>
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<locationID> Location ID as number code. Location IDs are listed in Table 12.
Each ID is related with another table that contains a list of <cause>s.
<cause> Reason for last call release as number code. The number codes are listed in
several tables, sorted by different categories. The tables can be found proceeding
from the Location ID given in Chapter 16.9.
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 43 / 259
OK
NO CARRIER //Established a call and the remote party hangs up the call
AT+CEER //Query error reporting, the <locationID>=1 means “Cause for
protocol stack (PS) layer”, <cause>=16 means “Normal call
clearing”
+CEER: 1,16
OK
4.2. AT+CPAS Mobile Equipment Activity Status
Parameter
Example
AT+CPAS
+CPAS: 0 //Module is idle
AT+CPAS Mobile Equipment Activity Status
Test Command
AT+CPAS=?
Response
+CPAS: (list of supported <pas>s)
OK
Execution Command
AT+CPAS
Response
TA returns the activity status of ME.
+CPAS: <pas>
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<pas> 0 Ready
2 Unknown (ME is not guaranteed to respond to instructions)
3 Ringing
4 Call in progress or call hold
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 44 / 259
OK
ATD10086;
OK
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,3,0,0,“10086”,129,“”
OK
AT+CPAS
+CPAS: 3 //An incoming call is ringing
OK
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,“10086”,129,“”
OK
AT+CPAS
+CPAS: 4 //Call in progress
OK
4.3. AT+QINDRI RI Indication When Using URC
AT+QINDRI RI Indication When Using URC
Test Command
AT+QINDRI=?
Response
+QINDRI: (list of supported <status>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QINDRI?
Response
+QINDRI: <status>
OK
Write Command
AT+QINDRI=<status>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 45 / 259
Parameter
4.4. AT+QMOSTAT Show State of Mobile Originated Call
Parameter
Example
AT+QMOSTAT=1 //Show call state of mobile originated call
OK
ATD10086;
OK
MO RING //The called party is alerted
<status> 0 Off
1 On
AT+QMOSTAT Show State of Mobile Originated Call
Test Command
AT+QMOSTAT=?
Response
+QMOSTAT: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QMOSTAT?
Response
+QMOSTAT: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+QMOSTAT=<mode>
Response
OK
If there is an error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<mode> 0 Do not show call state of mobile originated call
1 Show call state of mobile originated call. After dialing call numbers, the URC string
of MO RING will be sent if the called party is alerted; and the URC string of MO
CONNECTED will be sent if the call is established
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 46 / 259
MO CONNECTED //The call is established
4.5. AT+QREFUSECS Refuse to Receive SMS/Incoming Call or Not
Parameter
4.6. AT+QIURC Enable or Disable Initial URC Presentation
AT+QREFUSECS Refuse to Receive SMS/Incoming Call or Not
Test Command
AT+QREFUSECS=?
Response
+QREFUSECS: (list of supported <refuse_sms>s)[,(list of
supported <refuse_call>s)]
OK
Read Command
AT+QREFUSECS?
Response
+QREFUSECS: <refuse_sms>,<refuse_call>
OK
Write Command
AT+QREFUSECS=<refuse_sms>[,<ref
use_call>]
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<refuse_sms> 0 Receive the new SMS
1 Refuse to receive the new SMS
<refuse_call> 0 Receive the incoming call
1 Refuse to receive the incoming call
AT+QIURC Enable or Disable Initial URC Presentation
Test Command
AT+QIURC=?
Response
+QIURC: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
Response
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 47 / 259
Parameter
When the module powers on and initialization procedure is over. URC Call Ready will be presented if
<mode> is 1.
4.7. AT+QEXTUNSOL Enable/Disable Proprietary Unsolicited
Indications
AT+QIURC?
+QIURC: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+QIURC=<mode>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<mode> 0 Disable URC presentation
1 Enable URC presentation
AT+QEXTUNSOL Enable/Disable Proprietary Unsolicited Indications
Test Command
AT+QEXTUNSOL=?
Response
+QEXTUNSOL: (list of supported <extunsol>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+QEXTUNSOL=<exunsol>,<mode>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 48 / 259
Parameter
<extunsol> String type. Values currently reserved by the present document
“SQ” Signal Quality Report. Displays signal strength and channel bit error rate (similar
to AT+CSQ) in form +CSQN: <rssi>, <ber> when values change.
“FN” Forbidden network available only. When returning to a non-registered state, this
indicates whether all the available PLMNs are forbidden.
“MW” SMS Message waiting. On receiving an SMS (as indicated by the +CMTI
indication) the SMS is decoded and checked to see if it contains one or more of
the message waiting indications (i.e. voicemail, email, fax, etc.). If so, an
unsolicited indication is shown in the form for each message type:
+QMWT: <store>,<index>,<voice>,<fax>,<email>,<other>, where <store>
is the message store containing the SM; index is the message index and <voice>;
<email>, <fax>, <other> contain the number of waiting messages (with ‘0’
defined as clear indication, non-zero for one or more waiting messages) or blank
for not specified in this message.
“UR” Unsolicited result code. Produces an unsolicited indication in the following call
state transition. Multiple notifications may occur for the same transition +QGURC:
<event>, where <event> describes the current call state:
<event>:
0 Terminated active call, at least one held call remaining
1 Attempt to make a Mobile Originated Call
2 Mobile Originated Call has failed for some reason
3 Mobile Originated Call is ringing
4 Mobile Terminated Call is queued (Call waiting)
5 Mobile Originated Call now has been connected
6 Mobile Originated or Mobile Terminated Call has been disconnected
7 Mobile Originated or Mobile Terminated Call is hung up.
8 Mobile Originated Call dialed a non-emergency number in emergency
mode
9 No answer for Mobile Originated Call
10 Remote number busy for Mobile Originated Call
“BC” Battery Charge. Displays battery connection status and battery charge level
(similar to AT+CBC) in form +CBCN: <bcs>,<bcl> when values change.
“BM” Band mode. Displays band mode (similar to AT+QBAND) in form +QBAND:
<band> when value changes.
“SM” Additional SMS Information. Displays additional information about SMS events in
the form of unsolicited messages of the following format +TSMSINFO: <CMS
error info> where <CMS error info> is a standard CMS error in the format
defined by the AT+CMEE command i.e. either a number or a string.
“CC” Call information. Displays the disconnected call ID and the remaining call
numbers after one of the calls is disconnected. +CCINFO: <Call id
disconnected>,<Remain calls>
<mode> 0 Disable
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 49 / 259
4.8. AT+QINISTAT Query State of Initialization
Parameter
When <state> is 3, it also means initialization of (U)SIM card related functions has been finished.
4.9. AT+QNSTATUS Query GSM Network Status
1 Enable
2 Query
AT+QINISTAT Query State of Initialization
Test Command
AT+QINISTAT=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+QINISTAT
Response
+QINISTAT: <state>
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<state> 0 No initialization
1 Ready to execute AT command
2 Phonebook has finished initialization
3 SMS has finished initialization
AT+QNSTATUS Query GSM Network Status
Test Command
AT+QNSTATUS=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+QNSTATUS
Response
+QNSTATUS: <status>
OK
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 50 / 259
Parameter
4.10. AT+QNITZ Network Time Synchronization
Parameter
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<status> 255 Not ready to retrieve network status
0 Work in normal state
1 No available cell
2 Only limited service is available
AT+QNITZ Network Time Synchronization
Test Command
AT+QNITZ=?
Response
+QNITZ: (list of supported <enable>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QNITZ?
Response
+QNITZ: <enable>
OK
Write Command
AT+QNITZ=<enable>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<enable> 0 Disable to synchronize time from GSM network
1 Enable to synchronize time from GSM network
If the function is enabled, on receiving network time message, an unsolicited indication
is shown in the format of: +QNITZ: <time>,<ds>
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 51 / 259
This function needs support of local GSM network. And the unsolicited also can be read by AT+QLTS
command later.
4.11. AT+QLTS Obtain Latest Network Time Synchronized
Parameter
<time> String type value. Format is “yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz,ds”, where characters indicate year
(two last digits), month, day, hour, minutes, seconds and time zone (indicates the difference,
expressed in quarters of an hour, between the local time and GMT; range: -47...+48). E.g.
6th of May 2004, 22:10:00 GMT+2 hours equals to “04/05/06,22:10:00+08”
<ds> Daylight Saving Time. When it is zero, the format will be “04/05/06,22:10:00+08,0”
AT+QLTS Obtain Latest Network Time Synchronized
Test Command
AT+QLTS=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+QLTS
Execution Command returns the latest time for network
synchronization.
Response
+QLTS: <time>,<ds>
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<time> String type value. Format is “yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz”, where characters indicate year (two
last digits), month, day, hour, minutes, seconds and time zone (indicates the difference,
expressed in quarters of an hour, between the local time and GMT; range: -47...+48). E.g.
6th of May 2004, 22:10:00 GMT+2 hours equals to “04/05/06,22:10:00+08”
<ds> Daylight Saving Time. When it is zero, the format will be “04/05/06,22:10:00+08,0”
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 52 / 259
4.12. AT+CTZU Network Time Synchronization and Update the RTC
Time
Parameter
This function needs support of local GSM network. After setting the AT+CTZU, the value will be
automatically saved into flash. After the module is restarted, it can also take effect.
AT+CTZU Network Time Synchronization and Update the RTC Time
Test Command
AT+CTZU=?
Response
+CTZU: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CTZU?
Response
+CTZU: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+CTZU=<mode>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
<mode> 0 Disable automatic update RTC time via NITZ.
1 Update network synchronized time to RTC and save time zone into NVRAM.
2 Update GMT time with time zone to RTC, save time zone into NVRAM, and ignore
daylight saving time.
3 Update localized time and time zone to RTC, and save time zone into NVRAM.
4 Same as <mode>=2
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 53 / 259
4.13. AT+CTZR Network Time Synchronization Report
Parameter
This function needs support of local GSM network. After setting the AT+CTZU, the value will be
automatically saved into flash. The function takes effect after the module is restarted.
4.14. AT+QSIMDET Enable/Disable (U)SIM Card Detection
AT+CTZR Network Time Synchronization Report
Test Command
AT+CTZR=?
Response
+CTZR: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CTZR?
Response
+CTZR: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+CTZR=<mode>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
<mode> 0 Disable time zone change event reporting
1 Enable time zone change event reporting by unsolicited result code +CTZV: <tz>
2 Enable extended time zone reporting by unsolicited result code
+CTZE: <tz>,<dst>,[<time>]
AT+QSIMDET Enable/Disable (U)SIM Card Detection
Test Command
AT+QSIMDET=?
Response
+QSIMDET: (list of supported <enable>s),(list of supported
<insert_level>s),(list of supported <pin_choice>s)
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 54 / 259
Parameter
1. This command can be saved by AT&W.
2. The pin of SIM_PRESENCE and DTR are multiplexed in MC20, and MC20 only supports DTR pin as
(U)SIM card detection pin. If turning on the (U)SIM card detection function, it is recommended to set
<pin_choice> to 1.
4.15. AT+QSIMSTAT (U)SIM Inserted Status Reporting
OK
Read Command
AT+QSIMDET?
Response
+QSIMDET: <enable>,<insert_level>,<pin_choice>
OK
Write Command
AT+QSIMDET=<enable>,<insert_level
>,<pin_choice>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
<enable> Enable/Disable (U)SIM card detection function
0 Disable
1 Enable
<insert_level> Configure pin level when (U)SIM card is inserted
0 Low level
1 High level
<pin_choice> Configure (U)SIM card detection pin
0 Configure SIM_PRESENCE (MC20) or SIM1_PRESENCE (MC30) as
(U)SIM card detection pin
1 Configure DTR as (U)SIM card detection pin
AT+QSIMSTAT (U)SIM Inserted Status Reporting
Test Command
AT+QSIMSTAT=?
Response
+QSIMSTAT: (list of supported <enable>s)
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 55 / 259
Parameter
This command can be saved by AT&W.
4.16. AT+QCGTIND Circuit Switched Call or GPRS PDP Context
Termination Indication
OK
Read Command
AT+QSIMSTAT?
Response
+QSIMSTAT: <enable>,<insert_status>
OK
Write Command
AT+QSIMSTAT=<enable>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
<enable> Indicates whether to show an unsolicited event code that indicates whether the
(U)SIM card has been inserted or removed
0 Disable (U)SIM card detection function
1 Enable (U)SIM card detection function
<insert_status> Indicates whether (U)SIM card has been inserted
0 Low level of pin indicates (U)SIM card is present
1 High level of pin indicates (U)SIM card is present
AT+QCGTIND Circuit Switched Call or GPRS PDP Context Termination Indication
Test Command
AT+QCGTIND=?
Response
+QCGTIND: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 56 / 259
Parameter
When enabled, an unsolicited result code +QCGTIND: <type> is returned after the connection has been
terminated.
Example
ATD10086;
OK
+QCGTIND: 0 //A circuit switched voice call has been terminated
NO CARRIER
Read Command
AT+QCGTIND?
Response
+QCGTIND: <n>
OK
Write Command
AT+QCGTIND=<n>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<n> A numeric parameter which indicates whether to enable an unsolicited event code indicating
whether a circuit switched voice call, circuit switched data call or GPRS session has been
terminated
0 Disable
1 Enable
<type> Connection type
0 Circuit switched voice call
1 Circuit switched data call
2 PPP connection
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 57 / 259
5 (U)SIM Related Commands
5.1. AT+CIMI Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)
Parameter
Example
AT+CIMI
460023210226023 //Query IMSI number of (U)SIM card which is attached to ME
OK
AT+CIMI Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)
Test Command
AT+CIMI=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+CIMI
Response
TA returns <IMSI> for identifying the individual (U)SIM card
which is attached to ME.
<IMSI>
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<IMSI> International Mobile Subscriber Identity (string without double quotes)
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 58 / 259
5.2. AT+CLCK Facility Lock
Parameter
AT+CLCK Facility Lock
Test Command
AT+CLCK=?
Response
+CLCK: (list of supported <fac>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CLCK=<fac>,<mode>,<passwd>[,
<class>]
Response
This command is used to lock, unlock or interrogate the ME or
the network facility <fac>. Password is normally needed to
perform such actions. When querying the status of a network
service (<mode>=2) the response line for ‘not active’ case
(<status>=0) should be returned only if service is not active
for any <class>.
If <mode> is not equal to 2 and the command is set
successfully:
OK
If <mode>=2 and the command is set successfully:
+CLCK: <status>[,<class1>[<CR><LF>
+CLCK: <status>, class2....]]
OK
Maximum Response Time
5s
Reference
GSM 07.07
<fac> “PS” PH-SIM (lock Phone to (U)SIM card) (ME asks password when other than the
current (U)SIM card inserted; ME may remember certain amount of previously
used cards thus not requiring password when they are inserted)
“SC” (U)SIM (lock (U)SIM card) ((U)SIM asks password in ME power-up and when this
lock command is issued)
“AO” BAOC (Bar All Outgoing Calls) (refer to GSM02.88[6] clause 1)
“OI” BOIC (Bar Outgoing International Calls) (refer to GSM02.88[6] clause 1)
“OX” BOIC-exHC (Bar Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country) (refer to
GSM02.88[6] clause 1)
“AI” BAIC (Bar All Incoming Calls) (refer to GSM02.88[6] clause 2)
“IR” BIC-Roam (Bar Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home country) (refer
to GSM02.88 [6] clause 2)
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 59 / 259
Example
AT+CLCK=“SC”, 2
+CLCK: 0 //Query the status of (U)SIM card lock: unlock
OK
AT+CLCK=“SC”,1,“1234” //Lock the (U)SIM card, and the password is 1234
OK
AT+CLCK=“SC”,2
+CLCK: 1 //Query the status of (U)SIM card lock: lock
OK
AT+CLCK=“SC”,0,“1234” //Unlock the (U)SIM card
OK
“AB” All Barring services (refer to GSM02.30[19]) (applicable only for <mode>=0)
“AG” All out Going barring services (refer to GSM02.30[19]) (applicable only for
<mode>=0)
“AC” All in Coming barring services (refer to GSM02.30[19]) (applicable only for
<mode>=0)
“FD” (U)SIM fixed dialing memory: If the mobile is locked to “FD”, only the phone
numbers stored to the “FD” memory can be dialed
“PF” Lock Phone to the very first (U)SIM card
“PN” Network Personalization (refer to GSM 02.22)
“PU” Network subset Personalization (refer to GSM 02.22)
“PP” Service Provider Personalization (refer to GSM 02.22)
“PC” Corporate Personalization (refer to GSM 02.22)
<mode> 0 Unlock
1 Lock
2 Query status
<passwd> Password
<class> 1 Voice
2 Data
4 FAX
7 All telephony except SMS (Default)
8 Short message service
16 Data circuit sync
32 Data circuit async
<status> 0 Off
1 On
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 60 / 259
5.3. AT+CPIN Enter PIN
Parameter
AT+CPIN Enter PIN
Test Command
AT+CPIN=?
Response
OK
Read Command
AT+CPIN?
Response
TA returns an alphanumeric string indicating whether or not
some password is required.
+CPIN: <code>
OK
Write Command
AT+CPIN=<pin>[,<new pin>]
Response
TA stores a password, such as (U)SIM PIN, (U)SIM PUK,
PH-SIM PIN, etc., which is necessary before it can be
operated. If the PIN is to be entered twice, the TA shall
automatically repeat the PIN. If no PIN request is pending, no
action is taken and an error message +CME ERROR is
returned to TE.
If the PIN required is (U)SIM PUK or (U)SIM PUK2, the second
pin is required. This second pin <new pin> is used to replace
the old pin in the (U)SIM card.
OK
Maximum Response Time
5s
Reference
GSM 07.07
<code> READY No further entry needed
SIM PIN ME is waiting for (U)SIM PIN
SIM PUK ME is waiting for (U)SIM PUK
PH_SIM PIN ME is waiting for phone to (U)SIM card (antitheft)
PH_SIM PUK ME is waiting for (U)SIM PUK (antitheft)
SIM PIN2 PIN 2, e.g. it is possible to edit the FDN book only if preceding command
was acknowledged with +CME ERROR: 17
SIM PUK2 Possible only if preceding command was acknowledged with error
+CME ERROR: 18
<pin> String type. Password
<new pin> String type. If the PIN required is (U)SIM PUK or (U)SIM PUK2: new password
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 61 / 259
Example
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: SIM PIN //Query PIN code is locked
OK
AT+CPIN=1234 //PIN
+CPIN: READY
OK
AT+CPIN? //PIN has already been entered
+CPIN: READY
OK
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: SIM PUK //Query PUK code is locked
OK
AT+CPIN=“26601934”,“1234” //Enter PUK and new PIN password
+CPIN: READY
OK
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: READY //PUK has already been entered
OK
5.4. AT+CPWD Change Password
AT+CPWD Change Password
Test Command
AT+CPWD=?
Response
TA returns a list of pairs which present the available facilities
and the maximum length of their password.
+CPWD: (list of supported <fac>s),(<pwdlength>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CPWD=<fac>,<oldpwd>,<newpwd
>
Response
TA sets a new password for the facility lock function.
OK
Maximum Response Time
5s
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 62 / 259
Parameter
Example
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: READY
OK
AT+CPWD=“SC”,“1234”,“4321” //Change (U)SIM card password to “4321”
OK
AT+CPIN? //Restart module or re-activate the (U)SIM card, query PIN
code is locked
+CPIN: SIM PIN
OK
AT+CPIN=“4321” //PIN must be entered to define a new password “4321”
+CPIN: READY
Reference
GSM 07.07
<fac> “PS” Phone locked to (U)SIM (device code). The “PS” password may either be
individually specified by the client or, depending on the subscription, supplied from
the provider (e.g. with a prepaid mobile)
“SC” (U)SIM (lock (U)SIM card) ((U)SIM asks password in ME power-up and when this
lock Command issued)
“AO” BAOC (Bar All Outgoing Calls) (refer to GSM02.88[6] clause 1)
“OI” BOIC (Bar Outgoing International Calls) (refer to GSM02.88[6] clause 1)
“OX” BOIC-exHC (Bar Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country) (refer to
GSM02.88[6] clause 1)
“AI” BAIC (Bar All Incoming Calls) (refer to GSM02.88[6] clause 2)
“IR” BIC-Roam (Bar Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home country) (refer
to GSM02.88 [6] clause 2)
“AB” All Baring services (refer to GSM02.30[19]) (applicable only for <mode>=0)
“AG” All outgoing barring services (refer to GSM02.30[19]) (applicable only for
<mode>=0
“AC” All incoming barring services (refer to GSM02.30[19]) (applicable only for
<mode>=0)
“FD” (U)SIM fixed dialing memory feature
“P2” (U)SIM PIN2
<pwdlength> Integer. Max length of password
<oldpwd> Password specified for the facility from the user interface or with command
<newpwd> New password
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 63 / 259
OK
5.5. AT+CRSM Restricted (U)SIM Access
Parameter
AT+CRSM Restricted (U)SIM Access
Test Command
AT+CRSM=?
Response
OK
Write Command
AT+CRSM=<Command>[,<fileId>[,<P
1>,<P2>,<P3>[,<data>]]]
Response
+CRSM: <sw1>,<sw2>[,<response>]
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Or
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<Command> 176 READ BINARY
178 READ RECORD
192 GET RESPONSE
214 UPDATE BINARY
220 UPDATE RECORD
242 STATUS
All other values are reserved; refer to GSM 11.11
<fileId> Integer type. This is the identifier for an elementary data file on (U)SIM. Mandatory for
every command except STATUS.
<P1>,<P2>,<P3> Integer type. Parameters passed on by the ME to the (U)SIM. These parameters are
mandatory for every command, except GET RESPONSE and STATUS. The values
are described in GSM 11.11.
<data> Information which shall be written to the (U)SIM (hexadecimal character format)
<sw1>,<sw2> Integer type. Information from the (U)SIM about the execution of the actual command.
These parameters are delivered to the TE in both cases, on successful or failed
execution of the command.
<response> Response of a successful completion of the command previously issued (hexadecimal
character format). STATUS and GET RESPONSE return data, which gives information
about the current elementary data field. This information includes the type of file and its
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 64 / 259
Example
AT+CRSM=242
+CRSM: 145, 211,“000000007F100200000000000A13000C0400838A808A”
OK //<sw1>=145, <sw2>=211, “000000007F100200000000000
A13000C0400838A808A” is the content which is returned
from (U)SIM card (refer to GSM 11.11)
5.6. AT+CSIM Generic (U)SIM Access
Parameter
size (refer to GSM 11.11). After READ BINARY or READ RECORD command the
requested data will be returned. The parameter is not returned after a successful
UPDATE BINARY or UPDATE RECORD command.
AT+CSIM Generic (U)SIM Access
Test Command
AT+CSIM=?
Response
OK
Write Command
AT+CSIM=<length>,<command>
Response
+CSIM: <length>,<response>
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Or
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<length> Integer type. Length of characters sent to the TE in <command> or <response> (i.e. two
times of octets in the raw data).
<command> String type (string should be included in quotation marks);
Hex format: GSM11.11 (U)SIM Command sent from the ME to the SIM
<response> String type (string should be included in quotation marks);
Hex format: GSM11.11 (U)SIM Command sent from the (U)SIM to <command>
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 65 / 259
1. AT+CSIM is supported with limitation:
- Only supports SELECT, STATUS, READ BINARY, UPDATE BINARY, READ RECORD, UPDATE
RECORD, GET RESPONE commands.
- Another application should not be selected, and termination indication or initialization indication
should not be sent. If the user sends SELECT by AID, STATUS by initialization or termination,
ERROR will be returned.
2. AT+CSIM is supported with GSM CLA and UICC CLA, but logical channels are not supported other
than the default channel.
5.7. AT+QCSPWD Change PS Super Password
Parameter
1. The default value of <oldpwd> is “12345678”.
2. If the module is locked to a specific (U)SIM card through AT+CLCK and the password is lost or (U)SIM
state is PH-SIM PUK, then the super password can be used to unlock it.
AT+QCSPWD Change PS Super Password
Test Command
AT+QCSPWD=?
Response
OK
Write Command
AT+QCSPWD=<oldpwd>,<newpwd>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<oldpwd> String type. Old password and length should be 8 bytes.
<newpwd> String type. New password and length should be 8 bytes.
NOTES
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 66 / 259
5.8. AT+CCID Show CCID
Parameter
Example
AT+CCID //Query CCID of the (U)SIM card
+CCID: “898600220909A0206023”
OK
5.9. AT+QCCID Show CCID
AT+CCID Show CCID
Test Command
AT+CCID=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+CCID
Response
+CCID: <ccid data>
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<ccid data> CCID number for the current (U)SIM card.
AT+QCCID Show CCID
Test Command
AT+QCCID=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+QCCID
Response
<ccid data>
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 67 / 259
Parameter
Example
AT+QCCID //Query CCID of the (U)SIM card
898600220909A0206023
OK
5.10. AT+QGID Get (U)SIM Card Group Identifier
Parameter
If the (U)SIM supports GID files, the GID values are retuned. Otherwise 0xff is retuned.
<ccid data> CCID number for the current (U)SIM card.
AT+QGID Get (U)SIM Card Group Identifier
Execution Command
AT+QGID
Response
+QGID: <gid1> <gid2>
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<gid1> Integer type of (U)SIM card group identifier 1
<gid2> Integer type of (U)SIM card group identifier 2
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 68 / 259
5.11. AT+QSIMVOL Select (U)SIM Card Operating Voltage
Parameter
AT+QSIMVOL can take effect only when the command is set successfully and after the module is
restarted.
5.12. AT+QSPN Get Service Provider Name from (U)SIM
AT+QSIMVOL Select (U)SIM Card Operating Voltage
Test Command
AT+QSIMVOL=?
Response
+QSIMVOL: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QSIMVOL?
Response
+QSIMVOL: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+QSIMVOL=<mode>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Or
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<mode> 0 Recognize 1.8V and 3.0V (U)SIM card (Default)
1 Recognize 1.8V (U)SIM card only
2 Recognize 3.0V (U)SIM card only
AT+QSPN Get Service Provider Name from (U)SIM
Read Command
AT+QSPN?
Response
+QSPN: (<spn>s),(list of supported <display mode>s)
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 69 / 259
Parameter
CME errors are possible if (U)SIM card is not inserted.
5.13. AT+QTRPIN Times Remained to Input (U)SIM PIN/PUK
Parameter
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<spn> String type. Service provider name on (U)SIM.
<display mode> 0 Do not display PLMN. Already registered on PLMN
1 Display PLMN
AT+QTRPIN Times Remained to Input (U)SIM PIN/PUK
Execution Command
AT+QTRPIN
Response
Times remained to input (U)SIM PIN.
+QTRPIN: <chv1>,<chv2>,<puk1>,<puk2>
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<chv1> Times remained to input CHV1
<chv2> Times remained to input CHV2
<puk1> Times remained to input PUK1
<puk2> Times remained to input PUK2
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 70 / 259
5.14. AT+QDSIM Dual (U)SIM Switching
Parameter
MC20/MC30 supports Dual SIM Single Standby function, and this command is used for switching between
the two (U)SIM cards.
5.15. AT+CGLA Generic (U)SIM Logical Channel Access
AT+QDSIM Dual (U)SIM Switching
Test Command
AT+QDSIM=?
Response
+QDSIM: (list of supported <simslot>)
OK
Read Command
AT+QDSIM?
Response
+QDSIM: <simslot>
OK
Write Command
AT+QDSIM=<simslot>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<simslot> 0 Switch to (U)SIM card 1
1 Switch to (U)SIM card 2
AT+CGLA Generic (U)SIM Logical Channel Access
Test Command
AT+CGLA=?
Response
OK
Write Command
AT+CGLA=<sessionid>,<length>,<co
mmand>
Response
+CGLA: <length>,<response>
OK
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 71 / 259
Parameter
This command is only supported by MC20 module with OC MC20ECA-04-BLE.
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Or
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 27.007
<sessionid> integer type. This is the identifier of the session to be used in order to send the APDU
commands to the UICC. It is mandatory in order to send commands to the UICC when
targeting applications on the smart card using a logical channel other than the default
channel (channel “0”).
<length> Integer type. The length of characters sent to the TE in <command> or <response> (i.e.
two times of octets in the raw data).
<command> Command passed on by the MT to the UICC in the format of hexadecimal character as
described in 3GPP TS 31.101 [65]. Please refer to AT +CSCS.
<response> Response to the command passed on by the UICC to the MT in the format of hexadecimal
character as described in 3GPP TS 31.101 [65]. Please refer to AT +CSCS.
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 72 / 259
6 Network Service Commands
6.1. AT+COPS Operator Selection
AT+COPS Operator Selection
Test Command
AT+COPS=?
Response
TA returns a list of quadruplets, each representing an operator
present in the network. Any of the formats may be unavailable
and should then be an empty field. The list of operators shall
be in the order of: home network, networks referenced in
(U)SIM, and other networks.
+COPS: (list of supported <stat>, long alphanumeric <oper>,
short alphanumeric <oper>, numeric <oper>s)[,(list of
supported <mode>s),(list of supported <format>s)]
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Read Command
AT+COPS?
Response
TA returns the current mode and the currently selected
operator. If no operator is selected, <format> and <oper> are
omitted.
+COPS: <mode>[,<format>[,<oper>]]
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT+COPS=<mode>[,<format>[,<oper
>]]
Response
TA forces an attempt to select and register on the GSM
network operator. If the selected operator is not available, no
other operator shall be selected (except <mode>=4). The
format of selected operator name shall apply to further read
commands (AT+COPS?).
OK
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 73 / 259
Parameter
1. This write command is used to choose and register the GSM network operator. The setting of <mode>
allows ME to determine whether automatic or manual network selection shall be used.
- When <mode>=0, the ME searches for the operator which shall be used automatically.
- When <mode>=1, the ME forces to register the selected <oper>. If the <oper> is invalid, the ME
remains unregistered; until <mode>=0, the ME can register again. If restart module, the ME is
still under <mode>=1 and there is no RPLMN. The ME will also be Not Registered on Network
condition, until the mode is changed via the command to automatic registration mode.
- When <mode>=4, if the ME fails to register to this operator, then it starts to select another
operator automatically.
2. This command setting is saved to NVRAM automatically.
Example
AT+COPS=? //List all current network operators
+COPS: (2,“CHINA MOBILE”,“CMCC”,“46000”),(3,“CHINA UNICOM GSM”,“UNICOM”,“46001”)
,,(0-4),(0-2)
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
75s, determined by network.
Reference
GSM 07.07
<stat> 0 Unknown
1 Operator available
2 Operator current
3 Operator forbidden
<oper> Operator in format as per <mode>
<mode> 0 Automatic mode; <oper> field is ignored
1 Manual operator selection; <oper> field shall be present
2 Manual deregister from network
3 Set only <format> (for read command AT+COPS?) – not shown in read
command response
4 Manual/automatic selected; if manual selection fails, automatic mode
(<mode>=0) is entered
<format> 0 Long format alphanumeric <oper>; can be up to 16 characters’ long
1 Short format alphanumeric <oper>
2 Numeric <oper>; GSM Location Area Identification number
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 74 / 259
AT+COPS? //Query the currently selected network operator
+COPS: 0,0,“CHINA MOBILE”
OK
6.2. AT+CREG Network Registration Status
Parameter
AT+CREG Network Registration Status
Test Command
AT+CREG=?
Response
+CREG: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CREG?
Response
TA returns the status of result code presentation and an
integer <stat> which shows whether the network has currently
indicated the registration of the ME. Location information
elements <lac> and <ci> are returned only when <n>=2 and
ME is registered in the network.
+CREG: <n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT+CREG=<n>
Response
TA controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code
+CREG: <stat> when <n>=1 and there is a change in the ME
network registration status.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<n> 0 Disable network registration unsolicited result code
1 Enable network registration unsolicited result code +CREG: <stat>
2 Enable network registration unsolicited result code with location information
<stat> 0 Not registered, ME is not currently searching a new network to register on
1 Registered, home network
2 Not registered, but ME is currently searching a new network to register on
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 75 / 259
Unsolicited result code
If <n>=1 and there is a change in the ME network registration status: +CREG: <stat>
If <n>=2 and there is a change in the ME network registration status or a change of the network cell:
+CREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
Example
AT+CREG=1
OK
+CREG: 1 //URC reports that operator has been found
AT+CREG=2 //Activates extended URC mode
OK
+CREG: 1,“1878”,“0873” //URC reports that operator has been found with location
area code and cell ID
6.3. AT+CSQ Signal Quality Report
3 Registration denied
4 Unknown
5 Registered, roaming
<lac> String type. Two-byte location area code in hexadecimal format
<ci> String type. Two-byte cell ID in hexadecimal format
AT+CSQ Signal Quality Report
Test Command
AT+CSQ=?
The Test Command returns values supported by the TA.
Response
+CSQ: (list of supported <rssi>s),(list of supported <ber>s)
OK
Execution Command
AT+CSQ
The Execution Command returns received signal strength
indication <rssi> and channel bit error rate <ber> from the
ME.
Response
+CSQ: <rssi>,<ber>
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 76 / 259
Parameter
Example
AT+CSQ=?
+CSQ: (0-31,99),(0-7,99)
OK
AT+CSQ
+CSQ: 28,0 //The current signal strength indication is 28 and channel bit error
rate is 0
OK
6.4. AT+CPOL Preferred Operator List
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<rssi> 0 -113 dBm or less
1 -111 dBm
2...30 -109... -53 dBm
31 -51 dBm or greater
99 Not known or not detectable
<ber> (in percent):
0...7 As RXQUAL values in the table in GSM 05.08 subclause 8.2.4
99 Not known or not detectable
AT+CPOL Preferred Operator List
Test Command
AT+CPOL=?
Response
+CPOL: (list of supported <index>s),(list of supported
<format>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CPOL?
Response
+CPOL: <index1>,<format>,<oper1>
[<CR><LF>+CPOL: <index2>,<format>,<oper2>
[…]]
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 77 / 259
Parameter
(U)SIM card does not allow editing the list of the preferred operators.
6.5. AT+COPN Read Operator Names
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT+CPOL=<index>[,<format>[,<oper>
]]
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<index> I Integer type: order number of operator in (U)SIM preferred operator list
<format> 0 Long format alphanumeric <oper>
1 Short format alphanumeric <oper>
2 Numeric <oper>
<oper> String type: <format> indicates either alphanumeric or numeric format is used (see
AT+COPS command)
AT+COPN Read Operator Names
Test Command
AT+COPN=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+COPN
Response
+COPN: <numeric1>,<alpha1>
[<CR><LF>+COPN: <numeric2>,<alpha2>
[…]]
OK
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 78 / 259
Parameter
6.6. AT+QBAND Get and Set Mobile Operation Band
Parameter
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<numericn> String type. Operator in numeric format (see AT+COPS)
<alphan> String type. Operator in long alphanumeric format (see AT+COPS)
AT+QBAND Get and Set Mobile Operation Band
Test Command
AT+QBAND=?
Response
+QBAND: (list of supported <op_band>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QBAND?
Response
+QBAND: <op_band>
OK
Write Command
AT+QBAND=<op_band>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
30s, determined by network.
Reference
Quectel
<op_band> “EGSM_MODE”
“DCS_MODE”
“PCS_MODE”
“GSM850_MODE”
“EGSM_DCS_MODE”
“GSM850_PCS_MODE”
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 79 / 259
The following radio setting to be updated is stored in non-volatile memory.
6.7. AT+QENG Switch on or off Engineering Mode
“GSM850_EGSM_DCS_PCS_MODE”
AT+QENG Switch on or off Engineering Mode
Test Command
AT+QENG=?
Response
+QENG: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported
<dump>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QENG?
Response
The corresponding information is reported selectively
according to <dump>.
+QENG: <mode>,<dump>
URCs of the serving cell information:
+QENG: 0,<mcc>,<mnc>,<lac>,<cellid>,<bcch>,<bsic>,<
dbm>,<c1>,<c2>,<txp>,<rla>,<tch>,<ts>,<maio>,<hsn><t
a>,<rxq_sub>,<rxq_full>
URCs of 1-6 neighboring cell information:
[+QENG: 1,list of (<ncell>,<bcch>,<dbm>,<bsic>,<c1>,<
c2>,<mcc>,<mnc>,<lac>,<cellid>)…]
URCs of cell frequency list (CA) of the serving cell:
[+QENG: 2,list of (<arfcn>)…]
BA measured result list:
[+QENG: 4,record number of the list, list of (<bcch>,<
dbm>,<bsic>)]
OK
Write Command
AT+QENG=<mode>[,<dump>]
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 80 / 259
Parameter
Or
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<mode> 0 Switch off engineering mode
1 Switch on engineering mode
2 Switch on engineering mode, and activate the URC report of network information
<dump> 0 Only display the serving cell information
1 Display the serving cell information, 1-6 neighboring cells information
2 Display the serving cell information and list of serving cell carrier list
3 Display the serving cell information,1-6 neighboring cell information and list of
serving cell carrier list
4 Display the serving cell information,1-6 neighboring cell information, list of serving
cell carrier list and BA measured result list.
<mcc> Mobile country code
<mnc> Mobile network code
<lac> Location area code in hex format
<cellid> Cell ID in hex format
<bcch> Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of Broadcast Control Channel (BCCH)
<bsic> Base station identity code
<dbm> Receive signal level in dBm unit
<c1> C1 value
<c2> C2 value
<txp> Maximum TX power level when accessing on a CCH
<rla> Minimum receiving level permitted to access the system
<ts> Time Slots
<maio> MAIO value
<hsn> HSN value
<tch> ARFCN of TCH, ‘h’ figure hopping
<ta> Timing Advance,range 0~63
<rxq_sub> RX quality(sub), range 0-7
<rxq_full> RX quality(full), range 0-7
<ncell> Number of neighboring six cell ID 1~6
<arfcn> Absolute radio frequency channel number
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 81 / 259
The following radio settings to be updated are stored in non-volatile memory.
1. When mode is 2, auto URCs are reported per 5 seconds.
2. The <lac> and <cellid> parameters are available in hex format, and these parameters are in decimal.
3. If the cell information is not detected, the parameter is replaced by ‘x’ char.
4. If the detecting is not expert mode, parameters <tch>, <ts>, <maio>, <hsn>, <ta>, <rxq_sub> and
<rxq_full> will not display the parameter value while are replaced by ‘x’ char.
5. During the network connecting, if the hopping frequency is supported by the network, the channel of
TCH is instable. Using the ’h’ figure <tch> under this mode.
6. Under expert mode, when the <c1> and <c2> of the serving cell cannot be updated, using the ‘-1’
figure to display the illegal value. At the same time, <txp> and <rla> parameters cannot be updated in
a certain condition, all the same holding the value of idle mode. This is because ME cannot be updated
in this mode. ME cannot update the selection of cell and reselection of the parameter. When the
connecting is over, mobile device will go back to idle mode and offer the correct value.
7. If TA can report the information of the neighboring cell, the URCs of six neighboring cell should be
reported. If some cells cannot be measured, the ‘x’ char will be filled in the parameter of these cells.
8. Under the special mode, <c1> and <c2> parameters of the neighboring cell may be measured, and
then an unmeaning value will be reported. When <mcc>, <mnc> ,<lac> and <cellid> parameters of
the neighboring cell cannot be measured, the 'x' char will be filled in these parameters of all the six
cells.
9. The command does not report the RX level and the RX quality. The AT+CSQ command can be used
to query the values of RX level and RX quality.
10. The AT+QSPCH command can be used to re-query the type of the voice channel during calling (FR,
HR, EFR, AMR_FR, AMR_HR).
11. The maximum record number of BA measured result list is 32. If any of the BCCH cannot get the BSIC
value, the BSIC will show ‘x’ instead. The measured list only includes the measured BCCH in the BA
list, not the whole BA list.
Example
Idle mode:
AT+QENG=2
OK
+QENG: 0,460,00,1806,2602,64,46,-72,119,119,5,8,x,x,x,x,x,x,x
Dedicated mode:
AT+QENG=2,3
OK
+QENG: 0,460,00,1806,2031,17,41,-73,-1,-1,5,8,h,7,0,24,1,0,1
+QENG: 1,1,17,-74,41,111,95,460,00,1806,2031,2,2,-74,45,110,94,460,00,1878,151,3,22,-77,40,100,8
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 82 / 259
4,460,00,1806,2012,4,24,-77,45,97,81,460,00,1806,2013,5,25,-81,40,83,67,460,00,1806,2032,6,532,-9
2,48,-1,-1,x,x,x,x
6.8. AT+QSCANF Scan Power of GSM Frequency
Parameter
AT+QSCANF Scan Power of GSM Frequency
Test Command
AT+QSCANF=?
Response
+QSCANF: (list of supported <band>s),(list of supported
<freq>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+QSCANF=<band>,<freq>
Response
If <freq>=9999 and command is successful:
+QSCANF:
1, CH113, -63.5
2, CH80, -64.2
4, CH22, -64.5
…..
20, CH116, -74.2
OK
If <freq> is fixed frequency and command is successful:
+QSCANF:
CH<freq>, <dbm>
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<band> 0 BAND 900
1 BAND 1800
2 BAND 1900
3 BAND 850
<freq> 9999 Scan all frequencies in a specified band
0-1023 Scan a fixed frequency in a specified band
<dbm> The signal strength indication in dbm value for a specified frequency
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 83 / 259
Before using this AT command, RF function of system MUST be disabled. Please make sure equipment
functionality level is 0 or 4. About how to change the functionality level, please refer to AT+CFUN.
6.9. AT+QLOCKF Lock GSM Frequency
Parameter
AT+QLOCKF Lock GSM Frequency
Test Command
AT+QLOCKF=?
Response
+QLOCKF: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported
<band1900>s),(list of supported <arfcn>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QLOCKF?
Response
+QLOCKF: <status>
OK
Write Command
AT+QLOCKF=<mode>,<band1900>,<
arfcn1>[,<arfcn2>[,<arfcn3>]]
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Or
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<mode> 0 Disable lock frequency
1 Enable lock frequency
2 Enable lock frequency and auto switch to saved frequency after powered on
<band1900> 0 Not a cell ID of 1900 band
1 Cell ID of 1900 band
2 Auto distinguish whether is a cell ID of 1900 band
<arfcn> 0-1024 ARFCN information
<status> 0 ME did not lock a certain ARFCN
1 ME has locked a certain ARFCN
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 84 / 259
7 Call Related Commands
7.1. ATA Answer an Incoming Call
1. Any additional commands on the same command line are ignored.
2. This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during execution. The aborting is
not possible during some states of connection establishment such as handshaking.
3. See also ATX.
Example
RING //A voice call is ringing
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,1,4,0,0,“02154450290”,129,“”
OK
ATA //Accept the voice call with ATA
OK
ATA Answer an Incoming Call
Execution Command
ATA
Response
TA sends off-hook to the remote station.
Response in case of voice call, if successfully connected:
OK
Response if no connection:
NO CARRIER
Maximum Response Time
1s, determined by network.
Reference
V.25ter
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 85 / 259
7.2. ATD Mobile Originated Call to Dial a Number
Parameter
1. This command may be aborted generally by receiving an ATH command or a character during
execution. The aborting is not possible during some states of connection establishment such as
handshaking.
ATD Mobile Originated Call to Dial a Number
Execution Command
ATD<n>[<mgsm>][;]
Response
This command can be used to set up outgoing voice, data or
fax calls. It also serves to control supplementary services.
If no dial tone and parameter setting ATX2 or ATX4:
NO DIALTONE
If busy and parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4:
BUSY
If a connection cannot be established:
NO CARRIER
If connection is successful and voice call:
OK
Maximum Response Time
1s, determined by network.
Reference
V.25ter
<n> String of dialing digits and optionally V.25ter modifiers
Dialing digits: 0-9, * , #, +, A, B, C
Following V.25ter modifiers are ignored:
,(comma), T, P, !, W, @
Emergency call:
<n> Standardized emergency number 112 (no (U)SIM needed)
<mgsm> String of GSM modifiers:
I Actives CLIR (Disables presentation of own number to called party)
i Deactivates CLIR (Enable presentation of own number to called party)
G Activates closed user group invocation for this call only
g Deactivates closed user group invocation for this call only
<;> Only required to set up voice call, return to command state
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 86 / 259
2. Parameter “I” and “i” are applicable for cases where there is no “*” or “#” code within the dial string.
3. <n> is the default value for last number that can be dialed by ATDL.
4. *# codes sent with ATD are treated as voice calls. Therefore, the command must be terminated with
a semicolon “;”.
5. See ATX command for setting result code and call monitoring parameters.
6. Responses returned after dialing with ATD
- For voice call, two different responses modes can be determined. TA returns OK immediately
either after dialing was completed or after the call was established. The setting is controlled by
AT+COLP. Factory default is AT+COLP=0, which causes the TA returns OK immediately after
dialing was completed; otherwise TA will return OK, BUSY, NO DIAL TONE, or NO CARRIER.
7. Using ATD during an active voice call:
- When a user originates a second voice call while there is already an active voice call, the first call
will be automatically put on hold.
- The current states of all calls can be easily checked at any time by using AT+CLCC command.
Example
ATD10086; //Dialing out the called party’s number
OK
7.3. ATH Disconnect Existing Connection
Parameter
OK is issued after circuit 109 (DCD) is turned off, if it was previously on.
ATH Disconnect Existing Connection
Execution Command
ATH[n]
Response
Disconnect existing call by local TE from command line and
terminate call.
OK
Maximum Response Time
90s, determined by network.
Reference
V.25ter
<n> 0 Disconnect existing call from command line and terminate the call
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 87 / 259
7.4. +++ Switch from Data Mode to Command Mode
1. To prevent the +++ escape sequence from being misinterpreted as data, it should comply to following
sequence:
- No characters entered for T1 time (0.5 seconds).
- +++ characters entered with no characters in between. For PPP online mode, the interval
between two “+” MUST be less than 1 second and for a transparent TCP/IP connection, the
interval MUST be less than 20ms.
- No characters entered for T1 time (0.5 seconds).
- Switch to command mode, otherwise go to step 1.
2. To return from command mode back to data or PPP online mode: Enter ATO
- Another way to change to command mode is through DTR, see AT&D command for the details.
7.5. ATO Switch from Command Mode to Data Mode
+++ Switch from Data Mode to Command Mode
Execution Command
+++
Response
This command is only available during TA is in data mode,
such as, a GPRS connection and a transparent TCP/IP
connection. The +++ character sequence causes the TA to
cancel the data flow over the AT interface and switch to
command mode. This allows you to enter AT command while
maintaining the data connection with the remote server or,
accordingly, the GPRS connection.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
ATO Switch from Command Mode to Data Mode
Execution Command
ATO[n]
Response
TA resumes the connection and switches back from command
mode to data mode.
If connection is not successfully resumed:
NO CARRIER
If connection is successfully resumed, TA returns to data mode
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 88 / 259
Parameter
TA returns to data mode from command mode CONNECT <text>,<text> only if ATX parameter <value>
is set >0.
7.6. ATP Select Pulse Dialing
No effect in GSM.
7.7. ATS0 Set Number of Rings before Automatically Answering Call
from command mode
CONNECT <text>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<n> 0 Switch from command mode to data mode
ATP Select Pulse Dialing
Execution Command
ATP
Response
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
ATS0 Set Number of Rings before Automatically Answering Call
Read Command
ATS0?
Response
<n>
OK
NOTE
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 89 / 259
Parameter
If <n> is set too large, the calling party may hang up before the call can be answered automatically.
Example
ATS0=3 //Set three rings before automatically answering a call
OK
RING //A call is incoming
RING
RING //Automatically answering the call after three rings
7.8. ATS6 Set Pause before Blind Dialing
Write Command
ATS0=<n>
Response
This parameter setting determines the number of rings before
auto-answer.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<n> 0 Automatic answering is disabled
1-255 Enable automatic answering on the ring number specified
ATS6 Set Pause before Blind Dialing
Read Command
ATS6?
Response
<n>
OK
Write Command
ATS6=<n>
Response
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 90 / 259
Parameter
No effect in GSM.
7.9. ATS7 Set the Time to Wait for Connection Completion
Parameter
1. If the called party has specified a high value for ATS0=<n>, call setup may fail.
2. The correlation between ATS7 and ATS0 is important. For example: call may fail if ATS7=30 and
ATS0=20.
3. ATS7 is only applicable to data call.
<n> 0-2-10 Number of seconds to wait before blind dialing
ATS7 Set the Time to Wait for Connection Completion
Read Command
ATS7?
Response
<n>
OK
Write Command
ATS7=<n>
Response
This parameter setting determines the duration of time to wait
for the connection completion in case of answering or
originating a call.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<n> 1-60-255 Number of seconds to wait for connection completion
NOTE
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 91 / 259
7.10. ATS8 Set the Time to Wait for Comma Dial Modifier
Parameter
No effect in GSM.
7.11. ATS10 Set Disconnect Delay after Indicating the Absence of Data
Carrier
ATS8 Set the Time to Wait for Comma Dial Modifier
Read Command
ATS8?
Response
<n>
OK
Write Command
ATS8=<n>
Response
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<n> 0 No pause when comma encountered in dial string
1-2-255 Number of seconds to wait
ATS10 Set Disconnect Delay after Indicating the Absence of Data Carrier
Read Command
ATS10?
Response
<n>
OK
Write Command
ATS10=<n>
Response
This parameter setting determines the amount of time that the
TA will remain connected in absence of data carrier. If the data
carrier is once more detected before disconnection, the TA
remains connected.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 92 / 259
Parameter
7.12. ATT Select Tone Dialing
No effect in GSM.
7.13. AT+CSTA Select Type of Address
Reference
V.25ter
<n> 1-15-254 Number of delay in 100ms
ATT Select Tone Dialing
Execution Command
ATT
Response
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
AT+CSTA Select Type of Address
Test Command
AT+CSTA=?
Response
+CSTA: (list of supported <type>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSTA?
Response
+CSTA: <type>
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 93 / 259
Parameter
7.14. AT+CLCC List Current Calls of ME
Parameter
<type> Current address type setting.
129 Unknown type (IDSN format number)
145 International number type (ISDN format)
161 National number type (IDSN format)
AT+CLCC List Current Calls of ME
Test Command
AT+CLCC=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+CLCC
Response
TA returns a list of current calls of ME. If command succeeds
but no calls are available, no information response is sent to
TE.
[+CLCC: <id1>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>[,
<number>,<type>[,“”]]
...]
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<idx> Integer type; call identification number as described in GSM 02.30 subclause 4.5.5.1; this
number can be used in AT+CHLD Command operations
<dir> 0 Mobile originated (MO) call
1 Mobile terminated (MT) call
<stat> State of the call
0 Active
1 Held
2 Dialing (MO call)
3 Alerting (MO call)
4 Incoming (MT call)
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 94 / 259
Example
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,“10086”,129,“” //List the current call of ME
OK
7.15. AT+CR Service Reporting Control
5 Waiting (MT call)
<mode> Bearer/tele service
0 Voice
1 Data
2 FAX
9 Unknown
<mpty> 0 Call is not one of multiparty (conference) call parties
1 Call is one of multiparty (conference) call parties
<number> Phone number in string type in format specified by <type>
<type> Type of address of octet in integer format
129 Unknown type (IDSN format number)
145 International number type (ISDN format )
AT+CR Service Reporting Control
Test Command
AT+CR=?
Response
+CR: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CR?
Response
+CR: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+CR=[<mode>]
Response
TA controls whether or not intermediate result code +CR:
<serv> is returned from the TA to the TE when a call set up.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 95 / 259
Parameter
Intermediate result code:
If it is enabled, an intermediate result code is transmitted at a point during link negotiation. At the same
time, the TA has determined which speed and quality of service will be used, before any error control or
data compression reports are transmitted, and before any final result code (e.g. CONNECT) is transmitted.
7.16. AT+CRC Set Cellular Result Code for Incoming Call Indication
Parameter
<mode> 0 Disable
1 Enable
<serv> ASYNC Asynchronous transparent
SYNC Synchronous transparent
REL ASYNC Asynchronous non-transparent
REL SYNC Synchronous non-transparent
AT+CRC Set Cellular Result Code for Incoming Call Indication
Test Command
AT+CRC=?
Response
+CRC: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CRC?
Response
+CRC: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+CRC=[<mode>]
Response
TA controls whether or not the extended format of incoming
call indication is used.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<mode> 0 Disable extended format
1 Enable extended format
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 96 / 259
Unsolicited result code:
When it is enabled, an incoming call is indicated to the TE with unsolicited result code +CRING: <type>
instead of the normal RING.
Parameter
<type> ASYNC Asynchronous transparent
SYNC Synchronous transparent
REL ASYNC Asynchronous non-transparent
REL SYNC Synchronous non-transparent
FAX Facsimile
VOICE Voice
Example
AT+CRC=1 //Enable extended format
OK
+CRING: VOICE //Indicate an incoming call to the TE
ATH
OK
AT+CRC=0 //Disable extended format
OK
RING //Indicate incoming call to the TE
ATH
OK
7.17. AT+CSNS Single Numbering Scheme
AT+CSNS Single Numbering Scheme
Test Command
AT+CSNS=?
Response
+CSNS: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSNS?
Response
+CSNS: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+CSNS=[<mode>]
Response
OK
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 97 / 259
Parameter
7.18. AT+QSFR Preference Speech Coding
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<mode> 0 Voice
1 Alternating voice/fax, voice first
2 FAX
3 Alternating voice/data, voice first
4 Data
5 Alternating voice/fax, fax first
6 Alternating voice/data, data first
7 Voice followed by data
AT+QSFR Preference Speech Coding
Test Command
AT+QSFR=?
Response
+QSFR: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QSFR?
Response
+QSFR: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+QSFR=<mode>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 98 / 259
Parameter
This setting is stored in the non-volatile memory and will be used whenever the module is powered up
again.
7.19. AT+QSPCH Speech Channel Type Report
<mode> 0 Automatic mode
1 FR
2 HR
3 EFR
4 AMR_FR
5 AMR_HR
6 FR and EFR, FR priority
7 EFR and FR, EFR priority
8 EFR and HR, EFR priority
9 EFR and AMR_FR, EFR priority
10 AMR_FR and FR, AMR_FR priority
11 AMR_FR and HR, AMR_FR priority
12 AMR_FR and EFR, AMR_FR priority
13 AMR_HR and FR, AMR_HR priority
14 AMR_HR and HR, AMR_HR priority
15 AMR_HR and EFR, AMR_HR priority
AT+QSPCH Speech Channel Type Report
Test Command
AT+QSPCH=?
Response
+QSPCH: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QSPCH?
Response
+QSPCH: <mode>,<speech channel>
OK
Write Command
AT+QSPCH=<mode>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 99 / 259
Parameter
URC +QSPCH: <mode>,<speech channel> will be indicated when speech channel type changes.
7.20. AT+QDISH Disable ATH
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<mode> 0 Disable report speech channel type
1 Enable report speech channel type
<speech channel> Speech channel type
0 NO SPEECH TCH
1 FR
2 HR
3 EFR
4 AMR_FR
5 AMR_HR
AT+QDISH Disable ATH
Test Command
AT+QDISH=?
Response
+QDISH: (list of supported <disableath>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QDISH?
Response
+QDISH: <disableath>
OK
Write Command
AT+QDISH=<disableath>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 100 / 259
Parameter
<disableath> Disable ATH
0 Enable ATH command
1 Disable ATH command
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 101 / 259
8 SMS Commands
8.1. AT+CSMS Select Message Service
Parameter
AT+CSMS Select Message Service
Test Command
AT+CSMS=?
Response
+CSMS: (list of supported <service>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSMS?
Response
+CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<bm>
OK
Write Command
AT+CSMS=<service>
Response
+CSMS: <mt>,<mo>,<bm>
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.05
<service> 0 GSM 03.40 and 03.41 [the syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible with GSM
07.05 Phase 2 version 4.7.0; Phase 2+ features which do not require new
command syntax may be supported (e.g. correct routing of messages with new
Phase 2+ data coding schemes)]
128 SMS PDU mode - TPDU only used for ending/receiving SMSs
<mt> Mobile Terminated Messages
0 Type not supported
1 Type supported
<mo> Mobile Originated Messages
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 102 / 259
8.2. AT+CMGF Select SMS Message Format
Parameter
8.3. AT+CSCA SMS Service Center Address
0 Type not supported
1 Type supported
<bm> Broadcast Type Messages
0 Type not supported
1 Type supported
AT+CMGF Select SMS Message Format
Test Command
AT+CMGF=?
Response
+CMGF: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CMGF?
Response
+CMGF: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+CMGF=[<mode>]
Response
TA sets parameter to denote which kind of I/O format of
messages is used.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.05
<mode> 0 PDU mode
1 Text mode
AT+CSCA SMS Service Center Address
Test Command
AT+CSCA=?
Response
OK
Read Command
AT+CSCA?
Response
+CSCA: <sca>,<tosca>
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 103 / 259
Parameter
The command writes the parameters in non-volatile memory.
Example
AT+CSCA=“+8613800210500”,145 //SMS service center address
OK
AT+CSCA? //Query SMS service center address
+CSCA: “+8613800210500”,145
OK
OK
Write Command
AT+CSCA=<sca>[,<tosca>]
Response
TA updates the SMSC address, through which mobile
originated SMS are transmitted. In text mode, setting is used
by sending and writing commands. In PDU mode, setting is
used by the same commands, but only when the length of the
SMSC address coded into <pdu> parameter equals zero.
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.05
<sca> GSM 04.11 RP SC address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM
default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE
character set (specified by AT+CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <tosca>
<tosca> Service center address format GSM 04.11 RP SC address Type-of-Address octet in integer
format (default refer to <toda>)
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 104 / 259
8.4. AT+CPMS Preferred SMS Message Storage
Parameter
AT+CPMS Preferred SMS Message Storage
Test Command
AT+CPMS=?
Response
+CPMS: (list of supported <mem1>s),(list of supported
<mem2>s),(list of supported <mem3>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CPMS?
Response
+CPMS: <mem1>,<used1>,<total1>,<mem2>,<used2>,<t
otal2>,<mem3>,<used3>,<total3>
OK
Write Command
AT+CPMS=<mem1>[,<mem2>[,<mem
3>]]
Response
TA selects memory storages <mem1>, <mem2> and
<mem3> to be used for reading, writing, etc.
+CPMS: <used1>,<total1>,<used2>,<total2>,<used3>,<to
tal3>
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.05
<mem1> Messages to be read and deleted from this memory storage
“SM” SIM message storage
“ME” Mobile Equipment message storage
“MT” Sum of "SM" and "ME" storages
<mem2> Messages will be written and sent to this memory storage
“SM” SIM message storage
“ME” Mobile Equipment message storage
“MT” Sum of "SM" and "ME" storages
<mem3> Received messages will be placed in this memory storage,
if routing to PC is not set (AT+CNMI)
“SM” SIM message storage
“ME” Mobile Equipment message storage
“MT” Sum of "SM" and "ME" storages
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 105 / 259
The (U)SIM and ME message storages offer maximum space for 50 and 10 messages, respectively. The
(U)SIM message storage is selected in priority.
Example
AT+CPMS=“SM”,“SM”,“SM” //Set SMS message storage as “SM” ((U)SIM)
+CPMS: 0,50,0,50,0,50
OK
AT+CPMS? //Query the current SMS message storage
+CPMS: “SM”,0,50,“SM”,0,50,“SM”,0,50
OK
8.5. AT+CMGD Delete SMS Message
<usedx> Integer type. Number of messages currently in <memx>
<totalx> Integer type. Number of messages storable in <memx>
AT+CMGD Delete SMS Message
Test Command
AT+CMGD=?
Response
+CMGD: (list of supported <index>s),(list of supported
<delflag>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CMGD=<index>[,<delflag>]
Response
TA deletes message from preferred message storage
<mem1> location <index>.
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Or
+CMS ERROR:<err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms.
Note: Operation of <delflag> depends on the storage of
deleted messages.
Reference
GSM 07.05
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 106 / 259
Parameter
Example
AT+CMGD=1 //Delete the message specified in <index>=1
OK
AT+CMGD=1,4 //Delete all messages from <mem1> storage
OK
8.6. AT+CMGL List SMS Messages from Preferred Storage
<index> Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory
<delflag> 0 Delete message specified in <index>
1 Delete all read messages from <mem1> storage, leaving unread messages and
stored mobile originated messages (whether sent or not) untouched
2 Delete all read messages from <mem1> storage and sent mobile originated
messages, leaving unread messages and unsent mobile originated messages
untouched
3 Delete all read messages from <mem1> storage, sent and unsent mobile
originated messages, leaving unread messages untouched
4 Delete all messages from <mem1> storage
AT+CMGL List SMS Messages from Preferred Storage
Test Command
AT+CMGL=?
Response
+CMGL: (list of supported <stat>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CMGL=<stat>[,<mode>]
Response
TA returns messages with status value <stat> from message
storage <mem1> to the TE. If status of the message is
'received unread', status in the storage changes to 'received
read'.
1) In text mode (AT+CMGF=1) and when the command is
executed successfully:
For SMS-SUBMITs and/or SMS-DELIVERs:
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<oa/da>,[<alpha>],[<scts>][,<too
a/toda>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>[<CR><LF>
...]
For SMS-STATUS-REPORTs:
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<sct
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 107 / 259
Parameter
s>,<dt>,<st>[<CR><LF>
...]
For SMS-COMMANDs:
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<ct>[<CR><LF>
..]
For CBM storage:
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<page>,<pages><C
R><LF><data>[<CR><LF>
...]
OK
2) In PDU mode (+CMGF=0) and when the command is
successful:
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,[<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><p
du><CR><LF>
...]
OK
3) If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms.
Note: Operation of <stat> depends on the storage of listed
messages.
Reference
GSM 07.05
<stat> 1) In text mode
“REC UNREAD” Received unread messages
“REC READ” Received read messages
“STO UNSENT” Stored unsent messages
“STO SENT” Stored sent messages
“ALL” All messages
2) In PDU mode
0 Received unread messages
1 Received read messages
2 Stored unsent messages
3 Stored sent messages
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 108 / 259
4 All messages
<mode> 0 Normal (default)
1 Not change status of the specified SMS record
<alpha> String type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa> corresponding to the entry found
in MT phonebook; implementation of this feature is manufacturer specific; used character
set should be the one selected with command select TE character set AT+CSCS (see
definition of this command in TS 07.07)
<da> GSM 03.40 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or
GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE
character set (refer to AT+CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <toda>
<data> In the case of SMS: GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data in text mode responses; format:
− if <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used and <fo> indicates that
GSM 03.40 is used: TPUser-Data-Header-Indication is not set
− if TE character set other than “HEX” (refer to Command Select TE character set +CSCS
in TS 07.07): ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set according to
rules of Annex A
− if TE character set is “HEX”: ME/TA converts each 7-bit character of GSM alphabet into
two IRA character long hexadecimal number [e.g. character P (GSM 23) is presented
as 17 (IRA 49 and 55)]
− if <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used, or <fo> indicates
that GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is set: ME/TA converts each 8-bit
octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number [e.g. octet with integer value 42
is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)]
In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 CBM Content of Message in text mode responses; format:
− if <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used: ME/TA converts GSM into
the current character supported by TE
− if TE character set other than “HEX” (refer to AT+CSCS in GSM 07.07): ME/TA converts
GSM alphabet into current TE character set according to rules of Annex A
− if TE character set is “HEX”: ME/TA converts each 7-bit character of GSM alphabet into
two IRA character long hexadecimal number
− if <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used: ME/TA converts each
8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number
<length> Integer type value indicating in the text mode (AT+CMGF=1) the length of the message
body <data> (or <cdata>) in characters; or in PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0), the length of the
actual TP data unit in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the
length)
<index> Integer type value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory
<oa> GSM 03.40 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or
GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE
character set (refer to AT+CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <tooa>
<pdu> In the case of SMS: GSM 04.11 SC address followed by GSM 03.40 TPDU in hexadecimal
format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal
number [e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50
and 65)]. In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 TPDU in hexadecimal format
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 109 / 259
If parameter is omitted, the command returns the list of SMS with “REC UNREAD” status.
Example
AT+CMGF=1 //Set SMS message format as text mode
OK
AT+CMGL=“ALL” //List all messages from message storage
+CMGL: 1,“STO UNSENT”,“”,“”,
This is a test from Quectel
+CMGL: 2,“STO UNSENT”,“”,“”,
This is a test from Quectel,once again.
OK
8.7. AT+CMGR Read SMS Message
<scts> GSM 03.40 TP-Service-Center-Time-Stamp in time-string format (refer to <dt>)
<toda> GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (when first
character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default value is 145, otherwise default value is 129)
<tooa> GSM 04.11 TP-Originating-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (refer to
<toda>)
AT+CMGR Read SMS Message
Test Command
AT+CMGR=?
Response
OK
Write Command
AT+CMGR=<index>[,<mode>]
Response
TA returns SMS message with location value <index> from
message storage <mem1> to the TE. If status of the message
is 'received unread', status in the storage changes to 'received
read'.
1) In text mode (AT+CMGF=1) and when the command is
executed successfully:
For SMS-DELIVER:
+CMGR: <stat>,<oa>,[<alpha>],<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pi
d>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>
For SMS-SUBMIT:
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 110 / 259
Parameter
+CMGR: <stat>,<da>,[<alpha>][,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dc
s>,[<vp>],<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>
for SMS-STATUS-REPORTs:
+CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<s
t>
For SMS-COMMANDs:
+CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<ct>[,<pid>,[<mn>],[<da>],[<toda>],
<length><CR><LF><cdata>]
For CBM storage:
+CMGR: <stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages><CR>
<LF><data>
2) In PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0) and when command is
successful:
+CMGR: <stat>,[<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu>
OK
3) If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Depends on the length of message content.
Reference
GSM 07.05
<index> Integer type value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory
<mode> 0 Normal
1 Not change the status of the specified SMS record
<alpha> String type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa> corresponding to the entry found
in MT phonebook; implementation of this feature is manufacturer specific
<da> GSM 03.40 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or
GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE
character set (specified by AT+CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <toda>
<data> In the case of SMS: GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data in text mode responses; format
− if <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used and <fo> indicates that
GSM 03.40 is used: TPUser-Data-Header-Indication is not set
− if TE character set other than “HEX” (refer to command select TE character set
AT+CSCS in TS 07.07): ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set
according to rules of Annex A
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 111 / 259
− if TE character set is “HEX”: ME/TA converts each 7-bit character of GSM alphabet into
two IRA character long hexadecimal number [ e.g. character P (GSM 23) is presented
as 17 (IRA 49 and 55)]
− if <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used, or <fo> indicates
that GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is set: ME/TA converts each 8-bit
octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number [e.g. octet with integer value 42
is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)]
In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 CBM Content of Message in text mode responses; format
− if <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used: ME/TA converts GSM into
the current character supported by TE
− if TE character set other than “HEX” (refer to AT+CSCS in GSM 07.07): ME/TA converts
GSM alphabet into current TE character set according to rules of Annex A
− if TE character set is “HEX”: ME/TA converts each 7-bit character of GSM alphabet into
two IRA character long hexadecimal number
− if <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used: ME/TA converts each
8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number
<dcs> Depending on the command or result code: GSM 03.38 SMS Data Coding Scheme (default
value is 0), or Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format
<fo> Depending on the command or result code: first octet of GSM 03.40 SMS-DELIVER, SMS-
SUBMIT (default value is 17), SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default value
is 2) in integer format
<length> Integer type value indicating in the text mode (AT+CMGF=1) the length of the message
body <data> (or <cdata>) in characters; or in PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0), the length of the
actual TP data unit in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the
length)
<mid> GSM 03.41 CBM Message Identifier in integer format
<oa> GSM 03.40 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or
GSM default alphabet characters) are converted characters of the currently selected TE
character set (specified by AT+CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <tooa>
<pdu> In the case of SMS: GSM 04.11 SC address followed by GSM 03.40 TPDU in hexadecimal
format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal
number [e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50
and 65)]
In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 TPDU in hexadecimal format
<pid> GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format (default value is 0)
<sca> GSM 04.11 RP SC address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM
default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE
character set (specified by AT+CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <tosca>
<scts> GSM 03.40 TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp in time-string format (refer to <dt>)
<stat> PDU mode Text mode Explanation
0 “REC UNREAD” Received unread messages
1 “REC READ” Received read messages
2 “STO UNSENT” Stored unsent messages
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 112 / 259
Example
+CMTI: “SM”,3 //Indicates that new message has been received and saved
to <index>=3 of “SM”
AT+CMGR=3 //Read message
+CMGR: “REC UNREAD”,“+8615021012496”,“”,“2010/09/25 15:06:37+32”,145,4,0,241,“+8
613800210500”,145,27
This is a test from Quectel
OK
8.8. AT+CMGS Send SMS Message
3 “STO SENT” Stored sent messages
4 “ALL” All messages
<toda> GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (when first
character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default value is 145, otherwise default is 129)
<tooa> GSM 04.11 TP-Originating-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (default refer to
<toda>)
<tosca> GSM 04.11 RP SC address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (default refer to <toda>)
<vp> Depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting: GSM 03.40 TP-Validity-Period either in integer
format (default value is 167) or in time-string format (refer to <dt>)
AT+CMGS Send SMS Message
Test Command
AT+CMGS=?
Response
OK
Write Command
1) In text mode (AT+CMGF=1):
AT+CMGS=<da>[,<toda>]<CR>
text is entered
<ctrl-Z/ESC>
ESC quits without sending
2) In PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0):
AT+CMGS=<length><CR>
PDU is given <ctrl-Z/ESC>
Response
TA sends message from a TE to the network (SMS-SUBMIT).
Message reference value <mr> is returned to the TE on
successful message delivery. Optionally (when +CSMS
<service> value is 1 and network supports) <scts> is
returned. Values can be used to identify message upon
unsolicited delivery status report result code.
1) In text mode (AT+CMGF=1) and when the command is sent
successfully:
+CMGS: <mr>
OK
2) In PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0) and when the command is
sent successfully:
+CMGS: <mr>
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 113 / 259
Parameter
Example
AT+CMGF=1 //Set SMS message format as text mode
OK
AT+CSCS=“GSM” //Set character set as GSM which is used by the TE
OK
AT+CMGS=“15021012496”
> This is a test from Quectel //Enter in text, <CTRL+Z> send message, <ESC> quits
without sending
+CMGS: 247
OK
8.9. AT+CMGW Write SMS Message to Memory
OK
3) If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
120s, determined by network.
Reference
GSM 07.05
<da> GSM 03.40 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers
(or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected
TE character set (specified by AT+CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <toda>
<toda> GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format [when first
character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default value is 145, otherwise default value is 129]
<length> Integer type value indicating in the text mode (AT+CMGF=1) the length of the message
body <data> (or <cdata>) in characters; or in PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0), the length of the
actual TP data unit in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the
length)
<mr> GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format
AT+CMGW Write SMS Message to Memory
Test Command
AT+CMGW=?
Response
OK
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 114 / 259
Parameter
Write Command
1) In text mode (AT+CMGF=1):
AT+CMGW[=<oa/da>[,<tooa/toda>[,<s
tat>]]]
<CR> text is entered
<ctrl-Z/ESC>
<ESC> quits without sending
2) In PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0):
AT+CMGW=<length>[,<stat>]<CR>
PDU is given <ctrl-Z/ESC>
Response
TA transmits SMS message (either SMS-DELIVER or SMS-
SUBMIT) from TE to memory storage <mem2>. Memory
location <index> of the stored message is returned. By
default, message status will be set to 'stored unsent', but
parameter <stat> also allows other status values to be given.
If writing is successful:
+CMGW: <index>
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.05
<oa> GSM 03.40 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or
GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE
character set (specified by AT+CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <tooa>
<da> GSM 03.40 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or
GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE
character set (specified by AT+CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <toda>
<tooa> GSM 04.11 TP-Originating-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (default refer to
<toda>)
<toda> GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format [when first
character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default value is 145, otherwise default value is 129]
129 Unknown type (IDSN format number)
145 International number type (ISDN format)
<stat> PDU mode Text mode Explanation
0 “REC UNREAD” Received unread messages
1 “REC READ” Received read messages
2 “STO UNSENT” Stored unsent messages
3 “STO SENT” Stored sent messages
4 “ALL” All messages
<length> Integer type value indicating in the text mode (AT+CMGF=1) the length of the message
body <data> (or <cdata>) in characters; or in PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0), the length of the
actual TP data unit in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the
length)
<pdu> In the case of SMS: GSM 04.11 SC address followed by GSM 03.40 TPDU in hexadecimal
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 115 / 259
Example
AT+CMGF=1 //Set SMS message format as text mode
OK
AT+CSCS=“GSM” //Set character set as GSM which is used by the TE
OK
AT+CMGW=“15021012496”
> This is a test from Quectel //Enter in text, <CTRL+Z> write message, <ESC> quits
without sending
+CMGW: 4
OK
8.10. AT+CMSS Send SMS Message from Storage
format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal
number [ e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50
and 65)]
In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 TPDU in hexadecimal format
<index> Index of message in selected storage <mem2>
AT+CMSS Send SMS Message from Storage
Test Command
AT+CMSS=?
Response
OK
Write Command
AT+CMSS=<index>[,<da>[,<toda>]]
Response
TA sends message with location value <index> from message
storage <mem2> to the network (SMS-SUBMIT). If new
recipient address <da> is given, it shall be used instead of the
one stored with the message. Reference value <mr> is
returned to the TE on successful message delivery. Values
can be used to identify message upon unsolicited delivery
status report result code.
1) In text mode (AT+CMGF=1) and when the command is sent
successfully:
+CMSS: <mr>[,<scts>]
OK
2) In PDU mode (+CMGF=0) and the command is sent
successfully;
+CMSS: <mr>[,<ackpdu>]
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 116 / 259
Parameter
8.11. AT+CMGC Send SMS Command
OK
3) If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
120s, determined by network.
Reference
GSM 07.05
<index> Integer type value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory
<da> GSM 03.40 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or
GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE
character set (specified by AT+CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <toda>
<toda> GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format [when first
character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default value is 145, otherwise default value is 129]
<mr> GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format
<scts> GSM 03.40 TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp in time-string format (refer to <dt>)
<ackpdu> In the case of SMS: GSM 04.11 SC address followed by GSM 03.40 TPDU in hexadecimal
format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal
number [e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50
and 65)].
In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 TPDU in hexadecimal format
AT+CMGC Send SMS Command
Test Command
AT+CMGC=?
Response
OK
Write Command
1) In text mode (AT+CMGF=1):
AT+CMGC=<fo>[,<ct>,<pid>,<mn>,<d
a>,<toda>]<CR>
text is entered
<ctrl-Z/ESC>
ESC quits without sending
2) In PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0):
AT+CMGC=<length><CR>
PDU is given <ctrl-Z/ESC>
Response
TA transmits SMS command message from a TE to the
network (SMS-COMMAND). Message reference value <mr>
is returned to the TE on successful message delivery. Value
can be used to identify message upon unsolicited delivery
status report result code.
1) In text mode(AT+CMGF=1) and when the command is sent
successfully:
+CMGC: <mr>[,<scts>]
OK
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 117 / 259
Parameter
8.12. AT+CNMI New SMS Message Indications
2) In PDU mode(AT+CMGF=0) and when the command is
sent successfully:
+CMGC: <mr>[,<ackpdu>]
OK
3) If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.05
<fo> First octet of GSM 03.40 SMS-COMMAND (default value is 2) in integer format
<ct> GSM 03.40 TP-Command-Type in integer format (default value is 0)
<pid> GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format (default value is 0)
<mn> GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Number in integer format
<da> GSM 03.40 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers
(or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected
TE character set (specified by AT+CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <toda>
<toda> GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format [when first
character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default value is 145, otherwise default value is 129]
129 Unknown type (IDSN format number)
145 International number type (ISDN format)
<length> Integer type value indicating in PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data
unit in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length)
<mr> GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format
<scts> GSM 03.40 TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp in time-string format (refer to <dt>)
<ackpdu> In the case of SMS: GSM 04.11 SC address followed by GSM 03.40 TPDU in hexadecimal
format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal
number [e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50
and 65)].
In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 TPDU in hexadecimal format
AT+CNMI New SMS Message Indications
Test Command
AT+CNMI=?
Response
+CNMI: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported
<mt>s),(list of supported <bm>s),(list of supported
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 118 / 259
Parameter
<ds>s),(list of supported <bfr>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CNMI?
Response
+CNMI: <mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr>
OK
Write Command
AT+CNMI=[<mode>[,<mt>[,<bm>[,<ds
>[,<bfr>]]]]]
Response
TA selects the procedure on how the received new messages
from the network are indicated to the TE when TE is active,
e.g. DTR signal is ON. If TE is inactive (e.g. DTR signal is
OFF), receiving message should be done as specified in GSM
03.38.
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.05
<mode> 0 Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result code buffer is full, indications
can be buffered in some other place or the oldest indications may be discarded
and replaced with the new received indications
1 Discard indication and reject new received message unsolicited result codes when
TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. in on-line data mode). Otherwise forward them directly
to the TE
2 Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. in on-
line data mode) and flush them to the TE after reservation. Otherwise forward them
directly to the TE
3 Forward unsolicited result codes directly to the TE. Use specified TA-TE link
technique to transmit both result codes and data to TE when TA is in on-line data
mode
<mt> (The rules for storing received SMS depend on its data coding scheme [refer to GSM 03.38
[2]), preferred memory storage (+CPMS) setting and this value]:
0 No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed to the TE
1 If SMS-DELIVER is stored into ME/TA, indication of the memory location is routed
to the TE by using unsolicited result code: +CMTI: <mem>,<index>
2 SMS-DELIVERs (except class 2) are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited
result code: +CMT: [<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode enabled) or
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 119 / 259
Unsolicited result code
+CMTI: <mem>,<index> Indicates that new message has been received
+CMT: [<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu> Short message is output directly
+CBM: <length><CR><LF><pdu> Cell broadcast message is output directly
Example
AT+CMGF=1 //Set SMS message format as text mode
OK
AT+CSCS=“GSM” //Set character set as GSM which is used by the TE
OK
AT+CNMI=2,1 //SMS-DELIVER is stored into ME/TA, indication of the
memory location is routed to the TE
OK
+CMTI: “SM”,5 //Indicate that new message has been received
+CMT: <oa>, [<alpha>],<scts>
[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>
(Text mode enabled; about parameters in italics, refer to Command Show Text
Mode Parameters AT++CSDH). Class 2 messages result in indication as defined
in <mt>=1
3 Class 3 SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly to TE by using unsolicited result codes
defined in <mt>=2. Messages of other classes result in indication as defined in
<mt>=1
<bm> (The rules for storing received CBMs depend on its data coding scheme [refer to GSM
03.38 [2]), the setting of Select CBM Types (AT+CSCB) and this value]:
0 No CBM indications are routed to the TE
2 New CBMs are routed directly to the TE by using unsolicited result code: +CBM:
<length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode enabled) or +CBM:
<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages><CR><LF><data> (Text mode enabled)
3 Class 3 CBMs are routed directly to TE by using unsolicited result codes defined
in <bm>=2. If CBM storage is supported, messages of other classes result in
indication as defined in <bm>=1
<ds> 0 No SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed to the TE
1 SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed to the TE by using unsolicited result code:
+CDS: <length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode enabled) or +CDS:
<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st> (Text mode enabled)
<bfr> 0 TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined in this command is flushed to the TE
when <mode> 1...3 is entered (OK response shall be given before flushing the
codes)
1 TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared when
<mode>1…3 is entered
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 120 / 259
AT+CNMI=2,2 //Set SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly to the TE
OK
+CMT: “+8615021012496”,“”,“2010/09/25 17:25:01+32”,145,4,0,241,“+8613800210500”,145,27
This is a test from Quectel //Short message is output directly
8.13. AT+CRES Restore SMS Settings
Parameter
AT+CRES Restore SMS Settings
Test Command
AT+CRES=?
Response
+CRES: (list of supported <profile>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CRES[=<profile>]
Response
TA restores SMS settings from non-volatile memory to active
memory. A TA can contain several profiles of settings.
Settings specified in commands service center address
AT+CSCA, set message parameters AT+CSMP and select
cell broadcast message types AT+CSCB (if implemented) are
restored. Certain settings may not be supported by the storage
(e.g. (U)SIM SMS parameters) and therefore cannot be
restored.
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.05
<profile> 0-3 Manufacturer specific profile number where settings are to be stored
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 121 / 259
8.14. AT+CSAS Save SMS Settings
Parameter
8.15. AT+CSCB Select Cell Broadcast SMS Messages
AT+CSAS Save SMS Settings
Test Command
AT+CSAS=?
Response
+CSAS: (list of supported <profile>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CSAS[=<profile>]
Response
TA saves active message service settings to non-volatile
memory. A TA can contain several profiles of settings. Settings
specified in commands service center address AT+CSCA, Set
Message Parameters AT+CSMP and Select cell broadcast
message Types AT+CSCB (if implemented) are saved.
Certain settings may not be supported by the storage (e.g.
(U)SIM SMS parameters) and therefore cannot be saved.
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.05
<profile> 0-3 Manufacturer specific profile number where settings are to be stored
AT+CSCB Select Cell Broadcast SMS Messages
Test Command
AT+CSCB=?
Response
+CSCB: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSCB?
Response
+CSCB: <mode>,<mids>,<dcss>
OK
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 122 / 259
Parameter
The command writes the parameters in non-volatile memory.
8.16. AT+CSDH Show SMS Text Mode Parameters
Write Command
AT+CSCB=<mode>[,mids>[,<dcss>]]
Response
TA selects which types of CBMs are to be received by the ME.
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.05
<mode> 0 Message types specified in <mids> and <dcss> are accepted
1 Message types specified in <mids> and <dcss> are not accepted
<mids> String type. All different possible combinations of CBM message identifiers (refer to <mid>)
(default is empty string)
e.g. “0,1,5,320-478,922”
<dcss> String type. All different possible combinations of CBM data coding schemes (refer to
<dcs>) (default is empty string)
e.g. “0-3,5”
AT+CSDH Show SMS Text Mode Parameters
Test Command
AT+CSDH=?
Response
+CSDH: (list of supported <show>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSDH?
Response
+CSDH: <show>
OK
Write Command
AT+CSDH=[<show>]
Response
TA determines whether detailed header information is shown
in text mode result codes.
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 123 / 259
Parameter
Example
AT+CSDH=0
OK
AT+CMGR=3
+CMGR: “REC READ”,“+8615021012496”,“”,"2010/09/25 15:06:37+32”
This is a test from Quectel
OK
AT+CSDH=1
OK
AT+CMGR=3
+CMGR: “REC READ”,“+8615021012496”, ,“2010/09/25 15:06:37+32”,145,4,0,241,“+861
3800210500”,145,27
This is a test from Quectel
OK
8.17. AT+CSMP Set SMS Text Mode Parameters
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.05
<show> 0 Do not show header values defined in commands AT+CSCA and AT+CSMP
(<sca>, <tosca>, <fo>, <vp>, <pid> and <dcs>) nor <length>, <toda> or
<tooa> in +CMT, +CMGL, +CMGR result codes for SMS-DELIVERs and
SMS-SUBMITs in text mode
1 Show the values in result codes
AT+CSMP Set SMS Text Mode Parameters
Test Command
AT+CSMP=?
Response
+CSMP: (list of supported <fo>s),(list of supported <vp>s),
(list of supported <pid>s),(list of supported <dcs>s)
OK
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 124 / 259
Parameter
The command writes the parameters in non-volatile memory.
8.18. AT+QCLASS0 Store Class 0 SMS to (U)SIM When Receiving Class
0 SMS
Read Command
AT+CSMP?
Response
+CSMP: <fo>,<vp>,<pid>,<dcs>
OK
Write Command
AT+CSMP=[<fo>[,<vp>[,<pid>[,<dcs>]
]]]
Response
TA selects values for additional parameters needed when SM
is sent to the network or placed in a storage when text mode
is selected (AT+CMGF=1). It is possible to set the validity
period starting from when the SM is received by the SMSC
(<vp> is in range 0... 255) or define the absolute time of the
validity period termination (<vp> is a string).
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.05
<fo> Depending on the command or result code: first octet of GSM 03.40 SMS-DELIVER,
SMS-SUBMIT (default value is 17), SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default
value is 2) in integer format. SMS status report is supported under text mode if <fo> is set
to 49
<vp> Depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting: GSM 03.40 TP-Validity-Period either in integer
format (default 167) or in time-string format (refer to <dt>)
<pid> GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format (default value is 0)
<dcs> GSM 03.38 SMS Data Coding Scheme in Integer format
AT+QCLASS0 Store Class 0 SMS to (U)SIM When Receiving Class 0 SMS
Test Command
AT+QCLASS0=?
Response
+QCLASS0: (list of supported <mode>s)
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 125 / 259
Parameter
Example
//When in text mode:
AT+CPMS?
+CPMS: “SM”,6,50,“SM”,6,50,“SM”,6,50
OK
AT+QCLASS0=0 //Disable storing SMS when receiving Class 0 SMS
OK
+CMT: “+8615021012496”,,“2010/09/26 09:55:37+32”
TEST1 from Quectel //Short message is output directly
AT+QCLASS0=1 //Enable storing SMS when receiving Class 0 SMS
OK
+CMTI: “SM”,7 //Indicate that new message has been received
AT+CMGR=7
+CMGR: “REC UNREAD”,“+8615021012496”,“”,“2010/09/26 09:56:17+32”
TEST2 from Quectel
OK
OK
Read Command
AT+QCLASS0?
Response
+QCLASS0: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+QCLASS0=<mode>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<mode> 0 Disable storing Class 0 SMS when receiving Class 0 SMS
1 Enable storing Class 0 SMS when receiving Class 0 SMS
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 126 / 259
8.19. AT+QMGDA Delete All SMS
Parameter
8.20. AT+QSMSCODE Configure SMS Code Mode
AT+QMGDA Delete All SMS
Test Command
AT+QMGDA=?
Response
+QMGDA: (listed of supported <type>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+QMGDA=<type>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Or
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Depends on the storage of deleted messages.
Reference
Quectel
<type> 1) In text mode:
“DEL READ“ Delete all read messages
“DEL UNREAD” Delete all unread messages
“DEL SENT” Delete all sent SMS
“DEL UNSENT” Delete all unsent SMS
“DEL INBOX” Delete all received SMS
“DEL ALL” Delete all SMS
2) In PDU mode:
1 Delete all read messages
2 Delete all unread messages
3 Delete all sent SMS
4 Delete all unsent SMS
5 Delete all received SMS
6 Delete all SMS
AT+QSMSCODE Configure SMS Code Mode
Test Command
Response
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 127 / 259
Parameter
AT+QSMSCODE=?
+QSMSCODE: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QSMSCODE?
Response
+QSMSCODE: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+QSMSCODE=<mode>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<mode> 0 Code mode according with NOKIA
1 Code mode according with SIEMENS
2 Code mode according with NOKIA, and hexadecimal 0x11 treated as “_”
hexadecimal 0x02 treated as “$”
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 128 / 259
9 Phonebook Commands
9.1. AT+CPBS Select Phonebook Memory Storage
Parameter
AT+CPBS Select Phonebook Memory Storage
Test Command
AT+CPBS=?
Response
+CPBS: (list of supported <storage>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CPBS?
Response
+CPBS: <storage>[,<used>,<total>]
OK
Write Command
AT+CPBS=<storage>
Response
TA selects current phone book memory storage, which is used
by other phone book commands.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<storage> “MC” ME missed (unanswered) calls list
“RC” ME received calls list
“DC” ME dialed calls list (AT+CPBW may not be applicable or this storage) (same as
LD)
“LA” Last Number All list (LND/LNM/LNR)
“ME” ME phonebook
“BN” (U)SIM barred dialed number
“SD” (U)SIM service dial number
“VM” (U)SIM voice mailbox
“FD” (U)SIM fix dialing-phone book
“LD” (U)SIM last-dialing-phone book
“ON” (U)SIM (or ME) own numbers (MSISDNs) list
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 129 / 259
(U)SIM phonebook record can store up to 250pcs and ME phonebook record can store up to 100pcs.
9.2. AT+CPBW Write Phonebook Entry
Parameter
“SM” (U)SIM phonebook
<used> Integer type value indicating the total number of used locations in selected memory
<total> Integer type value indicating the total number of locations in selected memory
AT+CPBW Write Phonebook Entry
Test Command
AT+CPBW=?
Response
TA returns location range supported by the current storage,
the maximum length of <number> field, supported number
formats of the storage, and the maximum length of <text>
field.
+CPBW: (The range of supported <index>s),<nlength>,(list
of supported <type>s),<tlength>
OK
Write Command
AT+CPBW=<index>[,<number>[,<typ
e>[,<text>]]]
Response
TA writes phone book entry in location number <index> in the
current phone book memory storage selected with +CPBS.
Entry fields written are phone number <number> (in the
format <type>) and text <text> associated with the number. If
those fields are omitted, phone book entry is deleted. If
<index> is left out, but <number> is given, entry is written to
the first free location in the phone book.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<nlength> Maximum length of phone number
<tlength> Maximum length of text for number
<index> Location number
<number> Phone number
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 130 / 259
1. If the current memory storage is “MC”, “RC”, “DC”, “LA” or “LD”, <number>, <type> and <text>
parameters must be default. AT+CPBW command only supports settings <index> delete the number
of current phone book.
2. <number> can’t be empty.
3. The following characters in <text> must be entered via the escape sequence:
GSM char Seq.Seq.(hex) Note
\ \5C 5C 35 43 (backslash)
" \22 5C 32 32 (string delimiter)
BSP \08 5C 30 38 (backspace)
NULL \00 5C 30 30 (GSM null)
‘0’ (GSM null) may cause problems for application layer software when reading string lengths.
Example
AT+CSCS=“GSM”
OK
AT+CPBW=10,“15021012496”,129,“QUECTEL”
OK //Make a new phonebook entry at location 10
AT+CPBW=10 //Delete entry at location 10
OK
9.3. AT+CPBR Read Current Phonebook Entries
<type> Type of number
129 Unknown type (IDSN format number)
145 International number type (ISDN format)
<text> Text for phone number in current TE character set specified by AT+CSCS
AT+CPBR Read Current Phonebook Entries
Test Command
AT+CPBR=?
Response
TA returns location range supported by the current storage as
a compound value and the maximum lengths of <number>
and <text> fields.
+CPBR: (list of supported <index>s),<nlength>,<tlength>
OK
Write Command
AT+CPBR=<index1>[,<index2>]
Response
TA returns phone book entries in location number range
<index1>... <indexN> from the current phone book memory
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 131 / 259
Parameter
Example
AT+CSCS=“GSM”
OK
AT+CPBR=10 //Query phonebook entries in location 10
+CPBR: “10,15021012496”,129,“QUECTEL”
OK
9.4. AT+CPBF Find Phonebook Entries
storage selected with +CPBS. If <indexN> is omitted, only
location <index1> is returned.
+CPBR:<index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>
[....
+CPBR: <indexN>,<number>,<type>,<text>]
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms.
Note: Operation of <indexN> depends on the storage of read
phonebook entries.
Reference
GSM 07.07
<index> Location number
<nlength> Maximum length of phone number
<tlength> Maximum length of name for number
<index1> The first phone book record to read
<indexN> The last phonebook record to read
<number> Phone number
<type> Type of number
<text> Text name for phone number in current TE character set specified by AT+CSCS
AT+CPBF Find Phonebook Entries
Test Command
AT+CPBF=?
Response
+CPBF: <nlength>,<tlength>
OK
Write Command
Response
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 132 / 259
Parameter
9.5. AT+CNUM Subscriber Number
AT+CPBF=[<findtext>]
TA returns phonebook entries (from the current phonebook
memory storage selected with AT+CPBS) which contain
alphanumeric string <findtext>.
[+CPBF: <index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>
[...]]
OK
Maximum Response Time
Depends on the storage of phonebook entries.
Reference
GSM 07.07
<findtext> String type field of maximum length <tlength> in current TE character set specified by
AT+CSCS.
<index1> Integer type values in the range of location numbers of phone book memory
<number> Phone number in string type of format <type>
<type> Type of address octet in integer format:
129 Unknown type (IDSN format number)
145 International number type (ISDN format)
<text> String type field of maximum length <tlength> in current TE character set specified by
AT+CSCS
<nlength> Integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <number>
<tlength> Integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <text>
AT+CNUM Subscriber Number
Test Command
AT+CNUM=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+CNUM
Response
+CNUM: [<alpha1>],<number1>,<type1>
[...]
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 133 / 259
Parameter
Reference
GSM 07.07
<alphaN> Optional alphanumeric string associated with <numberN>; used character set should be
the one selected with command. Select TE character set AT+CSCS
<numberN> Phone number in string type of format specified by <typeN>
<typeN> Type of address octet in integer format (refer to GSM 04.08 subclause 10.5.4.7)
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 134 / 259
10 GPRS Commands
10.1. AT+CGATT Attach to/Detach from GPRS Service
Parameter
Example
AT+CGATT=1 //Attach to GPRS service
OK
AT+CGATT=0 //Detach from GPRS service
OK
AT+CGATT Attach to/Detach from GPRS Service
Test Command
AT+CGATT=?
Response
+CGATT: (list of supported <state>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGATT?
Response
+CGATT: <state>
OK
Write Command
AT+CGATT=<state>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
75s, determined by network.
Reference
GSM 07.07
<state> Indicates the state of GPRS attachment
0 Detached
1 Attached
Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the Write Command
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 135 / 259
AT+CGATT? //Query the current GPRS service state
+CGATT: 0
OK
10.2. AT+CGDCONT Define PDP Context
Parameter
AT+CGDCONT Define PDP Context
Test Command
AT+CGDCONT=?
Response
+CGDCONT: (range of supported <cid>s),<PDP_type>,
<APN>,<PDP_addr>,(list of supported <data_comp>s),(list
of supported <head_comp>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGDCONT?
Response
+CGDCONT:
<cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<data_comp>,<h
ead_comp>
[…]
OK
Write Command
AT+CGDCONT=<cid>[,<PDP_type>[,<
APN>[,<PDP_addr>[,<d_comp>[,<h_c
omp>]]]]]
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<cid> (PDP Context Identifier) a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context
definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is used in other PDP context-
related commands. The range of permitted values (minimum value=1) is returned by the
test form of the command
<PDP_type> (Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter which specifies the type of packet data
protocol X25 ITU-T/CCITT X.25 layer 3 IP Internet Protocol (IETF STD 5) OSPIH Internet
Hosted Octet Stream Protocol PPP Point to Point Protocol (IETF STD 51)
<APN> (Access Point Name) a string parameter that is a logical name that is used to select the
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 136 / 259
Example
AT+CGDCONT=1,“IP”,“CMNET” //Define PDP context by configuring <cid>=1, <PDP_type>=IP and
<APN>=CMNET.
OK
10.3. AT+CGQREQ Quality of Service Profile (Requested)
GGSN or the external packet data network. If the value is null or omitted, then the
subscription value will be requested
<PDP_addr> A string parameter identifies the MT in the address space applicable to the PDP. If the value
is null or omitted, then a value may be provided by the TE during the PDP startup
procedure or, failing that, a dynamic address will be requested. The allocated address may
be read using the AT+CGPADDR command
<d_comp> A numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression
0 Off (default if value is omitted)
Other values are reserved
<h_comp> A numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression
0 Off (default if value is omitted)
Other values are reserved
AT+CGQREQ Quality of Service Profile (Requested)
Test Command
AT+CGQREQ=?
Response
+CGQREQ: <PDP_type>,(list of supported <precedence>s),
(list of supported <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s),
(list of supported <peak>s),(list of supported <mean>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGQREQ?
Response
+CGQREQ: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<p
eak>,<mean>
[…]
OK
Write Command
AT+CGQREQ=<cid>[,<precedence>[,
<delay>[,<reliability>[,<peak>[,<mean
>]]]]]
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 137 / 259
Parameter
10.4. AT+CGQMIN Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)
GSM 07.07
<cid> A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see
AT+CGDCONT command)
The following parameter are defined in GSM 03.60
<precedence> A numeric parameter which specifies the precedence class
<delay> A numeric parameter which specifies the delay class
<reliability> A numeric parameter which specifies the reliability class
<peak> A numeric parameter which specifies the peak throughput class
<mean> A numeric parameter which specifies the mean throughput class
AT+CGQMIN Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)
Test Command
AT+CGQMIN=?
Response
+CGQMIN: <PDP_type>,(list of supported <precedence>s),
(list of supported <delay>s),(list of supported
<reliability>s),(list of supported <peak>s),(list of supported
<mean>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGQMIN?
Response
+CGQMIN: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<pe
ak>,<mean>
[…]
OK
Write Command
AT+CGQMIN=<cid>[,<precedence>[,<
delay>[,<reliability>[,<peak>[,<mean>
]]]]]
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 138 / 259
Parameter
10.5. AT+CGACT PDP Context Activate or Deactivate
Parameter
<cid> A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see
AT+CGDCONT command)
The following parameters are defined in GSM 03.60.
<precedence> A numeric parameter which specifies the precedence class
<delay> A numeric parameter which specifies the delay class
<reliability> A numeric parameter which specifies the reliability class
<peak> A numeric parameter which specifies the peak throughput class
<mean> A numeric parameter which specifies the mean throughput class
AT+CGACT PDP Context Activate or Deactivate
Test Command
AT+CGACT=?
Response
+CGACT: (list of supported <state>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGACT?
Response
+CGACT: <cid>,<state>
[…]
OK
Write Command
AT+CGACT=<state>[,<cid>]
Response
OK
If context is deactivated successfully, response:
NO CARRIER
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
150s, determined by network.
Reference
GSM 07.07
<state> Indicates the state of PDP context activation
0 Deactivated
1 Activated
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 139 / 259
Example
AT+CGDCONT=1,“IP”,“CMNET” //Define PDP context
OK
AT+CGACT=1,1 //Activated PDP
OK
AT+CGACT=0,1 //Deactivated PDP
NO CARRIER
10.6. AT+CGDATA Enter Data State
Parameter
Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the Write Command
<cid> A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see
AT+CGDCONT command). The default value is 1.
AT+CGDATA Enter Data State
Test Command
AT+CGDATA=?
Response
+CGDATA: (list of supported <L2P>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CGDATA=<L2P>[,<cid>[,<cid>[,…
]]]
Response
OK
NO CARRIER
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<L2P> A string parameter that indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used between the TE and MT:
PPP - Point to Point protocol for a PDP such as IP
Other values are not supported and will result in an ERROR response to the execution
command
<cid> A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see
AT+CGDCONT command)
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 140 / 259
10.7. AT+CGPADDR Show PDP Address
Parameter
This command dictates the behaviour of PPP in the ME but not that of any other GPRS-enabled foreground
layer, e.g. browser.
Example
AT+CGDCONT=1,“IP”,“CMNET” //Define PDP context
OK
AT+CGACT=1,1 //Activated PDP
OK
AT+CGPADDR=1 //Show PDP address
+CGPADDR: 1,“10.76.51.180”
AT+CGPADDR Show PDP Address
Test Command
AT+CGPADDR=?
Response
+CGPADDR: (list of defined <cid>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CGPADDR=<cid>
Response
+CGPADDR: <cid>[,<PDP_addr>]
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<cid> A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see
AT+CGDCONT command)
<PDP_addr> A string that identifies the MT in the address space applicable to the PDP. The address may
be static or dynamic. For a static address, it will be the one set by the AT+CGDCONT
command when the context was defined. For a dynamic address it will be the one assigned
during the last PDP context activation that used the context definition referred to <cid>.
<PDP_address> is omitted if none is available
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 141 / 259
OK
10.8. AT+CGCLASS GPRS Mobile Station Class
Parameter
10.9. AT+CGEREP Control Unsolicited GPRS Event Reporting
AT+CGCLASS GPRS Mobile Station Class
Test Command
AT+CGCLASS=?
Response
+CGCLASS: (list of supported <class>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGCLASS?
Response
+CGCLASS: <class>
OK
Write Command
AT+CGCLASS=<class>
Response
OK
ERROR
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
30s, determined by network.
Reference
GSM 07.07
<class> A string parameter which indicates the GPRS mobile class (Functionality in descending
order)
“B” Class B
“CG” Class C in GPRS only mode
“CC” Class C in circuit switched only mode
AT+CGEREP Control Unsolicited GPRS Event Reporting
Test Command
AT+CGEREP=?
Response
+CGEREP: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 142 / 259
Parameter
Unsolicited Result Codes supported:
+CGEV: NW DEACT <PDP_type>,<PDP_addr>[,<cid>]
+CGEV: ME DEACT <PDP_type>,<PDP_addr>[,<cid>]
+CGEV: NW DETACH
+CGEV: ME CLASS <class>
Parameters
<PDP_type> Packet Data Protocol type (see AT+CGDCONT command)
<PDP_addr> Packet Data Protocol address (see AT+CGDCONT command)
<cid> Context ID (see AT+CGDCONT command)
<class> GPRS mobile class (see AT+CGCLASS command )
10.10. AT+CGREG Network Registration Status
Read Command
AT+CGEREP?
Response
+CGEREP: <mode>
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Write Command
AT+CGEREP=<mode>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Reference
GSM 07.07
<mode> 0 Buffer unsolicited result codes in the MT; if MT result code buffer is full, the oldest
one can be discarded. No codes are forwarded to the TE
1 Discard unsolicited result codes when MT-TE link is reserved (e.g. in on-line data
mode); otherwise forward them directly to the TE
AT+CGREG Network Registration Status
Test Command
AT+CGREG=?
Response
+CGREG: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 143 / 259
Parameter
Parameter state only supports options 0 and 1.
Example
AT+CGATT=0
NO CARRIER
+CGREG: 0,“1878”,“0873”
AT+CGATT=1
OK
+CGREG: 2,“1878”,“0873”
Read Command
AT+CGREG?
Response
+CGREG: <n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
OK
Write Command
AT+CGREG=[<n>]
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<n> 0 Disable network registration unsolicited result code
1 Enable network registration unsolicited result code +CGREG:<stat>
2 Enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code
+CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
<stat> 0 Not registered, ME is not currently searching a new operator to register to
1 Registered, home network
2 Not registered, but ME is currently searching a new operator to register to
3 Registration denied
4 Unknown
5 Registered, roaming
<lac> String type. Two-byte location area code in hexadecimal format (e.g. “00C3” equals 195 in
decimal)
<ci> String type. Two-byte cell ID in hexadecimal format
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 144 / 259
+CGREG: 1,“1878”,“0873”
10.11. AT+CGSMS Select Service for MO SMS Messages
Parameter
The circuit switched service route is the default method.
AT+CGSMS Select Service for MO SMS Messages
Test Command
AT+CGSMS=?
Response
+CGSMS: (list of currently available <service>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGSMS?
Response
+CGSMS: <service>
OK
Write Command
AT+CGSMS=[<service>]
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<service> A numeric parameter which indicates the service or service preference to be used
0 GPRS
1 Circuit switch
2 GPRS preferred (use circuit switched if GPRS is not available)
3 Circuit switch preferred (use GPRS if circuit switched is not available)
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 145 / 259
10.12. AT+QGPCLASS Change GPRS Multi-slot Class
Parameter
The command takes effect after the module is restarted.
AT+QGPCLASS Change GPRS Multi-slot Class
Test Command
AT+QGPCLASS=?
Response
MULTISLOT CLASS: (list of currently available <class>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QGPCLASS?
Response
MULTISLOT CLASS: <class>
OK
Write Command
AT+QGPCLASS=<class>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<class> GPRS multi-slot class
1-12 Default value is 12
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 146 / 259
11 TCP/IP Commands
11.1. AT+QIOPEN Start up TCP or UDP Connection
AT+QIOPEN Start up TCP or UDP Connection
Test Command
AT+QIOPEN=?
Response
+QIOPEN: (list of supported <mode>s),(IP address
range),(port)
<CR><LF>+QIOPEN: (list of supported <mode>s),(domain
name),(port)
OK
Write Command
AT+QIOPEN=[<index>,]<mode>,<IP
address>/<domain name>,<port>
Response
If format is right, response:
OK
Otherwise response:
ERROR
If the connection has already existed, response:
ALREADY CONNECT
And then if connection is successful,
1) When AT+QIMODE=0, response:
[<index>,] CONNECT OK
2) When AT+QIMODE=1, response:
CONNECT
Otherwise response:
[<index>,] CONNECT FAIL
Maximum Response Time
75s, determined by network.
Reference
Quectel
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 147 / 259
Parameter
1. This command is allowed to establish a TCP/UDP connection only when the state is IP INITIAL, IP
STATUS or IP CLOSE. So it is necessary to process AT+QIDEACT or AT+QICLOSE before
establishing a TCP/UDP connection with this command when the state is not IP INITIAL, IP STATUS
or IP CLOSE.
2. If AT+QIMUX was set as 0 and the current state is CONNECT OK, which means the connection
channel is used, it will reply ALREADY CONNECT after issuing the Write Command.
11.2. AT+QISEND Send Data through TCP or UDP Connection
<index> A numeric indicates which socket opens the connection. MC20/MC30 supports at most
6 sockets at the same time. This parameter is necessary only if AT+QIMUX was set as
1 (refer to AT+QIMUX). When AT+QIMUX was set as 0, the parameter MUST be
omitted
<mode> A string parameter which indicates the connection type
“TCP” Establish a TCP connection
“UDP” Establish a UDP connection
<IP address> A string parameter that gives the address of the remote server in dotted decimal style.
<port> The port of the remote server
0-65535
<domain name> A string parameter which represents the domain name address of the remote server
AT+QISEND Send Data through TCP or UDP Connection
Test Command
AT+QISEND=?
Response
+QISEND: <length>
OK
Execution Command
AT+QISEND
response“>”, then type data to send, tap
CTRL+Z to send, tap ESC to cancel the
operation
Response
This command is used to send changeable length data.
If connection is not established or disconnected, response:
ERROR
If sending succeeds, response:
SEND OK
If sending fails, response:
SEND FAIL
Write Command
Response
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 148 / 259
Parameter
1. This command is used to send data on the TCP or UDP connection that has been established already.
‘Ctrl+Z’ is used as a termination symbol. ESC is used to cancel sending data.
2. The maximum length of the data to input at a time is 1460.
3. Data can only be sent at the status of connection, otherwise ERROR will be responded.
4. SEND OK means the data have been put into the send window to send rather than it has received
the ACK message for the data from the remote node. To check whether the data has been sent to the
remote node, it is necessary to execute the command AT+QISACK to query it.
11.3. AT+QICLOSE Close TCP or UDP Connection
1) When AT+QIMUX=0
AT+QISEND=<length>
2) When AT+QIMUX=1
AT+QISEND=<index>[,<length>]
This command is used to send fixed-length data or send data
on the given socket (defined by <index>).
If connection is not established or disconnected, response:
ERROR
If sending succeeds, response:
SEND OK
If sending fails, response:
SEND FAIL
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<index> The index of the socket for sending data. This parameter is necessary only if AT+QIMUX
was set as 1 (refer to AT+QIMUX). When AT+QIMUX was set as 0, the parameter MUST
be omitted
<length> A numeric parameter which indicates the length of data to be sent, it MUST be less than
1460
AT+QICLOSE Close TCP or UDP Connection
Test Command
AT+QICLOSE=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+QICLOSE
Response
If closing succeeds, response:
CLOSE OK
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 149 / 259
Parameter
1. Execution Command AT+QICLOSE:
- If QISRVC is 1 (please refer to AT+QISRVC) and QIMUX is 0 (please refer to AT+QIMUX), this
command will close the connection in which the module is used as a client.
- If QISRVC is 1 and QIMUX is 1, it will return ERROR.
- If QISRVC is 2, QIMUX equals 0, the module is used as a server and some clients have been
connected to it, this command will close the connection between the module and the remote
client.
- If QISRVC is 2, QIMUX is 0 and the module is in listening state without any client, this command
will cause the module to quit the listening state.
- If QISRVC is 2, QIMUX is 1 and the module is used as a server, this command will close all the
income connection and cause the module to quit the listening state.
2. Write Command AT+QICLOSE=<index>:
- This command is valid only if QIMUX is 1.
- If QISRVC is 1 and QIMUX is 1, this command will close the corresponding connection according
to <index> and the module is used as a client in the connection.
- If QISRVC is 2 and QIMUX is 1, this command will close the incoming connection according to
<index>.
3. If QISRVC is 1 and QIMUX is 0, AT+QICLOSE only closes the connection when the status is
CONNECTING or CONNECT OK, otherwise responds with ERROR. After closing the connection, the
status is IP CLOSE.
If closing fails, response:
ERROR
Write Command
AT+QICLOSE=<index>
Response
If closing succeeds, response:
<index>,CLOSE OK
If closing fails, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<index> The index of the socket for sending data. This parameter is necessary only if AT+QIMUX
was set as 1 (refer to AT+QIMUX). When AT+QIMUX was set as 0, the parameter MUST
be omitted
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 150 / 259
11.4. AT+QIDEACT Deactivate GPRS/CSD PDP Context
1. In addition to at the status of IP INITIAL, GPRS/CSD PDP context can be deactivated by
AT+QIDEACT. After closing the connection, the status becomes IP INITIAL again.
2. CSD context is not supported at present.
11.5. AT+QILPORT Set Local Port
AT+QIDEACT Deactivate GPRS/CSD PDP Context
Test Command
AT+QIDEACT=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+QIDEACT
Response
If deactivation succeeds, response:
DEACT OK
If deactivation fails, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
40s, determined by network.
Reference
Quectel
AT+QILPORT Set Local Port
Test Command
AT+QILPORT=?
Response
+QILPORT: (list of supported <port>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QILPORT?
Response
<mode>: <port>
...
OK
Write Command
AT+QILPORT=<mode>,<port>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 151 / 259
Parameter
This command is used to set the port for listening.
11.6. AT+QIREGAPP Start TCP/IP Task and Set APN, User Name and
Password
Reference
Quectel
<mode> A string parameter which indicates the connection type
“TCP” TCP local port
“UDP” UDP local port
<port> 0-65535 A numeric parameter which indicates the local port
AT+QIREGAPP Start TCP/IP Task and Set APN, User Name and Password
Test Command
AT+QIREGAPP=?
Response
+QIREGAPP: “APN”,“USER”,“PWD”
OK
Read Command
AT+QIREGAPP?
Response
+QIREGAPP: <apn>,<user name>,<password>
OK
Write Command
AT+QIREGAPP=<apn>,<user name>,
<password>[,<rate>]
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Execution Command
AT+QIREGAPP
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 152 / 259
Parameter
1. The write command and execution commands are valid only at the status of IP INITIAL. After operating
this command, the status will become IP START.
2. The value of QICSGP (please refer to AT+QICSGP) defines what kind of bearer (GPRS or CSD) the
parameters are used for.
3. CSD function and related configuration are not supported at present.
11.7. AT+QIACT Activate GPRS/CSD Context
1. AT+QIACT only activates GPRS/CSD context at the status of IP START. After operating this
command, the status will become IP CONFIG. If TA accepts the activated operation, the status will
become IP IND. After GPRS/CSD context is activated successfully, the status will become IP
GPRSACT, and responds with OK; otherwise responds with ERROR.
2. CSD context is not supported at present.
Quectel
<apn> A string parameter which indicates the GPRS access point name or the call number of CSD
<user name>A string parameter which indicates the GPRS/CSD user name
<password> A string parameter which indicates the GPRS/CSD password
<rate> The speed of data transmit for CSD
AT+QIACT Activate GPRS/CSD Context
Test Command
AT+QIACT=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+QIACT
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
150s, determined by network.
Reference
Quectel
NOTES
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 153 / 259
11.8. AT+QILOCIP Get Local IP Address
Parameter
1. Only at the following status: IP GPRSACT, IP STATUS, TCP/UDP CONNECTING, CONNECT OK, IP
CLOSE can get local IP address by AT+QILOCIP; otherwise responds ERROR. And if the status
before executing the command is IP GPRSACT, the status will become IP STATUS after the
command.
2. CSD function is not supported at present.
11.9. AT+QISTAT Query Current Connection Status
AT+QILOCIP Get Local IP Address
Test Command
AT+QILOCIP=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+QILOCIP
Response
If execution succeeds, response:
<IP address>
Otherwise response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<IP address> A string parameter which indicates the IP address assigned from GPRS or CSD
network
AT+QISTAT Query Current Connection Status
Test Command
AT+QISTAT=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+QISTAT
Response
When AT+QIMUX=0:
OK
STATE: <state>
When AT+QIMUX=1:
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 154 / 259
Parameter
List of
+QISTAT: <index>,<mode>,<addr>,<port>
…
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<state> A string parameter to indicate the status of the connection
“IP INITIAL” The TCP/IP stack is in idle state
“IP START” The TCP/IP stack has been registered
“IP CONFIG” It has been start-up to activate GPRS/CSD context
“IP IND” It is activating GPRS/CSD context
“IP GPRSACT” GPRS/CSD context has been activated successfully
“IP STATUS” The local IP address has been gotten by the command
AT+QILOCIP
“TCP CONNECTING” It is trying to establish a TCP connection
“UDP CONNECTING” It is trying to establish a UDP connection
“IP CLOSE” The TCP/UDP connection has been closed
“CONNECT OK” The TCP/UDP connection has been established successfully
“PDP DEACT” GPRS/CSD context was deactivated because of unknown
reason
If ATV was set to 0 by the command ATV0, the TCP/IP stack gives the following numeric to
indicate the former status
0 “IP INITIAL”
1 “IP START”
2 “IP CONFIG”
3 “IP IND”
4 “IP GPRSACT”
5 “IP STATUS”
6 “TCP CONNECTING" or "UDP CONNECTING”
7 “IP CLOSE”
8 “CONNECT OK”
9 “PDP DEACT”
<index> The index of the connection, the range is (0-5)
<mode> The type of the connection
“TCP” TCP connection
“UDP” UDP connection
<addr> The IP address of the remote
<port> The port of the remote
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 155 / 259
1. Display former style of response when QIMUX=0 and the later style of response when QIMUX=1.
2. CSD context is not supported at present.
11.10. AT+QISTATE Query Connection Status of the Current Access
Parameter
AT+QISTATE Query Connection Status of the Current Access
Test Command
AT+QISTATE=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+QISTATE
Response
When AT+QIMUX=0:
OK
STATE: <state>
When AT+QIMUX=1:
OK
STATE: <state>
+QISTATE: <index>,<mode>,<addr>,<port>,<socketstate>
OK
Otherwise response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<state> A string parameter to indicate the status of the connection
When AT+QIMUX=0:
“IP INITIAL” The TCP/IP stack is in idle state.
“IP START” The TCP/IP stack has been registered.
“P CONFIG” It has been start-up to activate GPRS/CSD context.
“IP IND” It is activating GPRS/CSD context.
“IP GPRSACT” GPRS/CSD context has been activated successfully.
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 156 / 259
11.11. AT+QISSTAT Query the Current Server Status
“IP STATUS” The local IP address has been gotten by the command
AT+QILOCIP.
“TCP CONNECTING” It is trying to establish a TCP connection.
“UDP CONNECTING” It is trying to establish a UDP connection.
“IP CLOSE” The TCP/UDP connection has been closed.
“CONNECT OK” The TCP/UDP connection has been established successfully.
“PDP DEACT” GPRS/CSD context was deactivated because of unknown
reason.
When AT+QIMUX=1:
“IP INITIAL” The TCP/IP stack is in idle state.
“IP START” The TCP/IP stack has been registered.
“IP CONFIG” It has been start-up to activate GPRS/CSD context.
“IP IND” It is activating GPRS/CSD context.
“IP GPRSACT” GPRS/CSD context has been activated successfully.
“IP STATUS" The local IP address has been gotten by the command
AT+QILOCIP.
“IP PROCESSING” Data phase. Processing the existing connection now.
“PDP DEACT” GPRS/CSD context was deactivated because of unknown
reason.
<index> The index of the connection, the range is (0-5)
<mode> The type of the connection
“TCP” TCP connection
“UDP” UDP connection
<addr> The IP address of the remote
<port> The port of the remote
<socketstate> A string parameter to indicate the status of the access connection, including
INITIAL,CONNECTED.
AT+QISSTAT Query the Current Server Status
Test Command
AT+QISSTAT=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+QISSTAT
Response
When AT+QIMUX=0:
OK
S: <ServerState>
When AT+QIMUX=1:
OK
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 157 / 259
Parameter
11.12. AT+QIDNSCFG Configure Domain Name Server
S: <ServerState>
C: <index>,<mode>,<addr>,<port>
Otherwise response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<ServerState> A string parameter to indicate the status of the connection
“INITIAL” The TCP/IP stack is in idle state
“OPENNING” The TCP/IP stack has been registered
“LISTENING” Listening to server port
“CLOSING” Closing connection now
<index> The index of the connection, the range is (0-4)
<mode> The type of the connection
“TCP” TCP connection
“UDP” UDP connection
<addr> The IP address of the remote
<port> The port of the remote
AT+QIDNSCFG Configure Domain Name Server
Test Command
AT+QIDNSCFG=?
Response
OK
Read Command
AT+QIDNSCFG?
Response
PrimaryDns: <pri_dns>
SecondaryDns: <sec_dns>
OK
Write Command
AT+QIDNSCFG=<pri_dns>[,<sec_dns
>]
Response
OK
If there is any error:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 158 / 259
Parameter
1. Since TA will negotiate to get the DNS server from GPRS/CSD network automatically when activating
GPRS/CSD context, it is STRONGLY suggested to configure the DNS server at the status of IP
GPRSACT, IP STATUS, CONNECT OK and IP CLOSE if it is necessary.
2. CSD function and configuration are not supported currently.
11.13. AT+QIDNSGIP Query the IP Address of Given Domain Name
Parameter
Reference
Quectel
<pri_dns> A string parameter which indicates the IP address of the primary domain name server
<sec_dns> A string parameter which indicates the IP address of the secondary domain name server
AT+QIDNSGIP Query the IP Address of Given Domain Name
Test Command
AT+QIDNSGIP=?
Response
OK
Write Command
AT+QIDNSGIP=<domain name>
Response
OK
ERROR
If the query succeeds, response:
<IP address>
If the query fails, response:
ERROR: <err>
STATE: <state>
Maximum Response Time
14s, determined by network.
Reference
Quectel
<domain name> A string parameter which indicates the domain name
<IP address> A string parameter which indicates the IP address corresponding to the domain name
<err> A numeric parameter which indicates the error code
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 159 / 259
11.14. AT+QIDNSIP Connect with IP Address or Domain Name Server
Parameter
1 DNS not Authorized
2 Invalid parameter
3 Network error
4 No server
5 Time out
6 No configuration
7 No memory
8 Unknown error
<state> Refer to AT+QISTAT
AT+QIDNSIP Connect with IP Address or Domain Name Server
Test Command
AT+QIDNSIP=?
Response
+QIDNSIP: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QIDNSIP?
Response
+QIDNSIP: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+QIDNSIP=<mode>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<mode> A numeric parameter indicates which kind of server format is used when establishing the
connection: IP address server or domain name server
0 The address of the remote server is a dotted decimal IP address
1 The address of the remote server is a domain name
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 160 / 259
11.15. AT+QIHEAD Add an IP Header When Receiving Data
Parameter
11.16. AT+QIAUTOS Set Auto Sending Timer
AT+QIHEAD Add an IP Header When Receiving Data
Test Command
AT+QIHEAD=?
Response
+QIHEAD: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QIHEAD?
Response
+QIHEAD: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+QIHEAD=<mode>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<mode> A numeric parameter which indicates whether or not to add an IP header before the received
data
0 DO Not add IP header
1 Add a header before the received data, and the format is “IPD(data length):”
AT+QIAUTOS Set Auto Sending Timer
Test Command
AT+QIAUTOS=?
Response
+QIAUTOS: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported
<time>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QIAUTOS?
Response
+QIAUTOS: <mode>,<time>
OK
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 161 / 259
Parameter
11.17. AT+QIPROMPT Set Prompt of ‘>’ When Sending Data
Write Command
AT+QIAUTOS=<mode>[,<time>]
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<mode> A numeric parameter which indicates whether or not to set timer when sending data
0 Do not set timer for data sending
1 Set timer for data sending
<time> A numeric parameter which indicates a time in seconds
After the time expires since AT+QISEND, the input data will be sent automatically
AT+QIPROMPT Set Prompt of ‘>’ When Sending Data
Test Command
AT+QIPROMPT=?
Response
+QIPROMPT: (list of supported <send prompt>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QIPROMPT?
Response
+QIPROMPT: <send prompt>
OK
Write Command
AT+QIPROMPT=<send prompt>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 162 / 259
Parameter
11.18. AT+QISERVER Configured as Server
<send prompt> A numeric parameter which indicates whether or not to echo prompt “>” after
issuing AT+QISEND Command
0 No prompt “>” and show “SEND OK” when sending succeeds
1 Echo prompt “>” and show “SEND OK” when sending succeeds
2 No prompt and not show “SEND OK” when sending succeeds
3 Echo prompt “>" and show “socket ID” "SEND OK” when sending
succeeds
AT+QISERVER Configured as Server
Test Command
AT+QISERVER=?
Response
OK
Read Command
AT+QISERVER?
Response
+QISERVER: <mode>,<num>
OK
Execution Command
AT+QISERVER
Response
OK
ERROR
If configured as server succeeds, response:
SERVER OK
If configured as server does not succeeds, response:
CONNECT FAIL
Write Command
AT+QISERVER=<type>[,<max>]
Response
OK
ERROR
If configured as server succeeds, response:
SERVER OK
If configured as server does not succeeds, return:
CONNECT FAIL
Maximum Response Time
150s, determined by network.
Reference
Quectel
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 163 / 259
Parameter
1. Execution command configures the module as a TCP server and the maximum allowed client is 1.
2. The parameter <max> is excluded when QIMUX is 0.
11.19. AT+QICSGP Select CSD or GPRS as the Bearer
<mode> 0 NOT configured as server
1 Configured as server
<num> The number of clients that have been connected in. The range is 0~5
<type> A numeric indicates the type of the server
0 TCP server
1 UDP server
<max> The maximum number of clients allowed to connect in. The default value is 1. The range
is 1-5
AT+QICSGP Select CSD or GPRS as the Bearer
Test Command
AT+QICSGP=?
Response
+QICSGP: 0-CSD,DIAL NUMBER,USER NAME,PASSWO
RD,RATE(0-3)
+QICSGP: 1-GPRS,APN,USER NAME,PASSWORD
OK
Read Command
AT+QICSGP?
Response
+QICSGP: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+QICSGP=<mode>[,(<apn>,<user
name>,<password>)/(<dial number>,
<user name>,<password>,<rate>)]
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 164 / 259
Parameter
CSD configuration is not supported at present.
11.20. AT+QISRVC Choose Connection
<mode> A numeric parameter which indicates the bearer type
0 Set CSD as the bearer for TCP/IP connection
1 Set GPRS as the bearer for TCP/IP connection
GPRS parameters:
<apn> A string parameter which indicates the access point name
<user name> A string parameter which indicates the user name
<password> A string parameter which indicates the password
CSD parameters:
<dial number> A string parameter which indicates the CSD dial numbers
<user name> A string parameter which indicates the CSD user name
<password> A string parameter which indicates the CSD password
<rate> A numeric parameter which indicates the CSD connection rate
0 2400
1 4800
2 9600
3 14400
AT+QISRVC Choose Connection
Test Command
AT+QISRVC=?
Response
+QISRVC: (list of supported <connection>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QISRVC?
Response
+QISRVC: <connection>
OK
Write Command
AT+QISRVC=<connection>
Response
OK
If there is any error:
ERROR
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 165 / 259
Parameter
There could be two connections at one time: one connection is that MS connects with a remote server as
a client; the other connection is that MS accepts a remote client as a server. Using this command to specify
which connection data will be sent through.
11.21. AT+QISHOWRA Set Whether or Not to Display the Address of
Sender
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<connection> A numeric parameter which indicates the chosen connection
1 Choose the connection in which MS used as a client
2 Choose the connection in which MS used as a server
AT+QISHOWRA Set Whether or Not to Display the Address of Sender
Test Command
AT+QISHOWRA=?
Response
+QISHOWRA: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QISHOWRA?
Response
+QISHOWRA: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+QISHOWRA=<mode>
Response
OK
If there is any error:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 166 / 259
Parameter
11.22. AT+QISCON Save TCP/IP Application Context
<mode> A numeric parameter which indicates whether or not to show the address (including IP
address in dotted decimal style of the remote end) when receiving data.
0 Do not show the address.
1 Show the address; the format to show the address is like: RECV FROM: <IP
ADDRESS>:<PORT>
AT+QISCON Save TCP/IP Application Context
Test Command
AT+QISCON=?
Response
OK
Read Command
AT+QISCON?
Response
TA returns TCP/IP application context, which consists of the
following AT command parameters.
SHOW APPTCP/IP CONTEXT
+QIDNSIP:<mode>
+QIPROMPT:<sendprompt>
+QIHEAD:<iphead>
+QISHOWRA:<srip>
+QICSGP:<csgp>
Gprs Config APN:<apn>
Gprs Config UserId:<gusr>
Gprs Config Password:<gpwd>
Gprs Config inactivityTimeout:<timeout>
App Tcpip Mode:<mode>
[In Transparent Transfer Mode
Number of Retry:<nmRetry>
Wait Time:<waitTm>
Send Size:<sendSz>
esc:<esc>]
OK
Execution Command
AT+QISCON
Response
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 167 / 259
Parameter
1. The execution command makes TA save TCP/IP Application Context which consists of the following
AT Command parameters; and when the system is rebooted, these parameters will be loaded
automatically:
AT+QIDNSIP, AT+QIPROMPT, AT+QIHEAD, AT+QISHOWRA, AT+QICSGP, AT+QITCFG.
2. The execution command only saves the corresponding parameters of the foreground context (refer to
AT+QIFGCNT).
3. CSD configuration is not supported at present.
11.23. AT+QIMODE Select TCP/IP Transfer Mode
<mode> See AT+QIDNSIP
<sendprompt> See AT+QIPROMPT
<iphead> See AT+QIHEAD
<srip> See AT+QISHOWRA
<csgp> See AT+QICSGP
<apn> See AT+QICSGP
<gusr> See AT+QICSGP
<gpwd> See AT+QICSGP
<timeout> See AT+QICSGP
<cnum> See AT+QICSGP
<cusr> See AT+QICSGP
<cpwd> See AT+QICSGP
<crate> See AT+QICSGP
The following configurations are only for transparent transfer mode.
<nmRetry> See AT+QITCFG
<waitTm> See AT+QITCFG
<sendSz> See AT+QITCFG
<esc> See AT+QITCFG
AT+QIMODE Select TCP/IP Transfer Mode
Test Command
AT+QIMODE=?
Response
+QIMODE: (list of supported <mode>s),
OK
Read Command
AT+QIMODE?
Response
+QIMODE: <mode>
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 168 / 259
Parameter
11.24. AT+QITCFG Configure Transparent Transfer Mode
OK
Write Command
AT+QIMODE=<mode>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<mode> 0 Normal mode. In this mode, the data should be sent by the command AT+QISEND
1 Transparent mode. In this mode, UART will enter data mode after TCP/UDP
connection has been established. In data mode, all input data from UART will be
sent to the remote end. +++ can help to switch data mode to command mode. And
then ATO can help to switch command mode to data mode.
AT+QITCFG Configure Transparent Transfer Mode
Test Command
AT+QITCFG=?
Response
+QITCFG: (list of supported <NmRetry>s),(list of supported
<WaitTm>s),(list of supported <SendSz>s),(list of supported
<esc>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QITCFG?
Response
+QITCFG: <NmRetry>,<WaitTm>,<SendSz>,<esc>
OK
Write Command
AT+QITCFG=<NmRetry>,<WaitTm>,<
SendSz>,<esc>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 169 / 259
Parameter
1. <WaitTm> and <SendSz> are two conditions to send data packet.
2. Firstly, if the length of the input data from UART is greater than or equal to <SendSz>, the TCP/IP
stack will send the data by length <SendSz> to the remote.
3. Secondly, if the length of the input data from UART is less than <SendSz>, and the idle time keeps
beyond the time defined by <WaitTm>, the TCP/IP stack will send all the data in the buffer to the
remote.
4. This command is invalid when AT+QIMUX=1.
11.25. AT+QISHOWPT Control Whether or Not to Show the Protocol
Type
<NmRetry> Number of times to retry to send an IP packet
<WaitTm> Number of 100ms intervals to wait for serial input before sending the packet
<SendSz> Size in bytes of data block to be received from serial port before sending
<esc> Whether to turn on the escape sequence or not; default is TRUE
AT+QISHOWPT Control Whether or Not to Show the Protocol Type
Test Command
AT+QISHOWPT=?
Response
+QISHOWPT: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QISHOWPT?
Response
+QISHOWPT: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+QISHOWPT=<mode>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 170 / 259
Parameter
This command is invalid if AT+QIHEAD=0.
11.26. AT+QIMUX Control Whether or Not to Enable Multiple TCP/IP
Sessions
Parameter
<mode> 0 Do not show the transport protocol type at the end of header of the received
TCP/UDP data
1 Show the transport protocol type at the end of header of the received TCP/UDP
data as the following format: IPD(data length)(TCP/UDP):
AT+QIMUX Control Whether or Not to Enable Multiple TCP/IP Sessions
Test Command
AT+QIMUX=?
Response
+QIMUX: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QIMUX?
Response
+QIMUX: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+QIMUX=<mode>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<mode> 0 Do not enable multiple TCP/IP sessions at the same time
1 Enable multiple TCP/IP sessions at the same time
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 171 / 259
11.27. AT+QISHOWLA Control Whether or Not to Display Local IP
Address
Parameter
Since MC20/MC30 can activate two GPRS contexts at the same time, i.e. MC20/MC30 can get two local
IP addresses. It is necessary to point out the destination of the received data when two GPRS contexts
have been activated at the same time.
AT+QISHOWLA Control Whether or Not to Display Local IP Address
Test Command
AT+QISHOWLA=?
Response
+QISHOWLA: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QISHOWLA?
Response
+QISHOWLA: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+QISHOWLA=<mode>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<mode> A numeric parameter indicates whether or not to show the destination address before
receiving data.
0 Do not show the destination address
1 Show the destination address: TO:<IP ADDRESS>
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 172 / 259
11.28. AT+QIFGCNT Select a Context as Foreground Context
Parameter
1. When CMUX is opened, if the status of the context defined by <id> is not IP_INITIAL and the context
is controlled by the other channel, it will return ERROR.
2. <id>=2 is used only for EPO.
AT+QIFGCNT Select a Context as Foreground Context
Test Command
AT+QIFGCNT=?
Response
+QIFGCNT: (list of supported <id>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QIFGCNT?
Response
+QIFGCNT: <id>,<channel>
OK
Write Command
AT+QIFGCNT=<id>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<id> A numeric indicates which context will be set as foreground context. The range is 0-2
<channel> A numeric indicates which channel is controlling the context <id>
0 VIRTUAL_UART_1
1 VIRTUAL_UART_2
2 VIRTUAL_UART_3
3 VIRTUAL_UART_4
255 The context is not controlled by any channel
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 173 / 259
11.29. AT+QISACK Query the Data Information for Sending
Parameter
1. Write command is invalid when AT+QIMUX=0.
2. This command could be affected by the command AT+QISRVC. If AT+QISRVC=1, this command is
used to query the information of sending data during the session in which MC20/MC30 serves as a
client. If AT+QISRVC=2, this command is used to query the data information for sending during the
session in which MC20/MC30 serves as a server.
11.30. AT+QINDI Set the Method to Handle Received TCP/IP Data
AT+QISACK Query the Data Information for Sending
Test Command
AT+QISACK=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+QISACK
Response
+QISACK: <sent>, <acked>, <nAcked>
OK
Write Command
AT+QISACK=<n>
Response
+QISACK: <sent>, <acked>, <nAcked>
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<n> The index for querying the connection
<sent> A numeric indicates the total length of the data that has been sent through the session
<acked> A numeric indicates the total length of the data that has been acknowledged by the remote
<nAcked> A numeric indicates the total length of the data that has been sent but not acknowledged by
the remote
AT+QINDI Set the Method to Handle Received TCP/IP Data
Test Command
AT+QINDI=?
Response
+QINDI: (list of supported <m>s)
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 174 / 259
Parameter
OK
Read Command
AT+QINDI?
Response
+QINDI: <m>
OK
Write Command
AT+QINDI=<m>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<m> A numeric indicates how the mode handles the received data
0 Output the received data through UART directly. In the case, it probably includes
header at the beginning of a received data packet. Please refer to the commands
AT+QIHEAD, AT+QISHOWRA, AT+QISHOWPT and AT+QISHOWLA
1 Output a notification statement +QIRDI: <id>,<sc>,<sid> through UART. This
statement will be displayed only one time until all the received data from the
connection (defined by <id>,<sc>,<sid>) have been retrieved by the command
AT+QIRD.
2 Output a notification statement +QIRDI: <id>,<sc>,<sid>,<num>,<len>,<tlen>
through UART. This statement will establish a buffer for each socket, the data
received will be saved in the buffer until it has been retrieved by the command
AT+QIRD, sum lengths of all the buffer is no more than 400K.
<id> A numeric points out which context the connection for the received data is based on.
Please refer to the parameter <id> in the command AT+QIFGCNT. The range is 0-1.
<sc> A numeric points out the role of MC20/MC30 in the connection for the received data.
1 The module serves as the client of the connection
2 The module serves as the server of the connection
<sid> A numeric indicates the index of the connection for the received data. The range is 0-5 When
QIMUX was set as 0 by the command AT+QIMUX=0, this parameter will be always 0.
<num> The number of packets received in the buffer.
<len> The length of the current package in the buffer.
<tlen> The sum of the length of all packages received in the buffer.
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 175 / 259
1. The length of a package cannot exceed 1460 bytes. If it exceeds 1460 bytes, it may be split to two or
more packages.
2. The sum of lengths of all packages received cannot exceed 400K bytes.
11.31. AT+QIRD Retrieve the Received TCP/IP Data
Parameter
AT+QIRD Retrieve the Received TCP/IP Data
Test Command
AT+QIRD=?
Response
+QIRD: (list of supported <id>s),(list of supported <sc>s),(list
of supported <sid>s),(list of supported <len>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+QIRD=<id>,<sc>,<sid>,<len>
Response
[+QIRD: <ipAddr>:<port>,<type>,<length><CR><LF><dat
a>]
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<id> A numeric points out which context the connection for the received data is based on.
Please refer to the parameter <id> in the command AT+QIFGCNT. The range is 0-1.
<sc> A numeric points out the role of MC20/MC30 in the connection for the received data
1 The module serves as the client of the connection
2 The module serves as the server of the connection
<sid> A numeric indicates the index of the connection for the received data. The range is 0-5.
When AT+QIMUX=0, this parameter will be always 0.
<len> The maximum length of data to be retrieved. The range is 1-1500
<ipAddr> The address of the remote end. It is a dotted-decimal IP
<port> The port of the remote end
<type> An alpha string without quotation marks indicates the transport protocol type
TCP the transport protocol is TCP
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 176 / 259
1. <id>, <sc> and <sid> are the same as the parameters in the statement +QIRDI: <id>,<sc>,<sid>.
2. If it replies only OK for the write command, it means there is no received data in the buffer of the
connection.
11.32. AT+QISDE Control Whether or Not to Echo the Data for QISEND
Parameter
UDP the transport protocol is UDP
<length> The real length of the retrieved data
<data> The retrieved data
AT+QISDE Control Whether or Not to Echo the Data for QISEND
Test Command
AT+QISDE=?
Response
+QISDE: (list of supported <m>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QISDE?
Response
+QISDE: <m>
OK
Write Command
AT+QISDE=<m>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<m> A numeric indicates whether or not to echo the data for AT+QISEND
0 Do not echo the data
1 Echo the data
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 177 / 259
11.33. AT+QPING Ping a Remote Server
Parameter
AT+QPING Ping a Remote Server
Test Command
AT+QPING=?
Response
+QPING: “HOST”,(list of supported <timeout>s),(list of
supported <pingnum>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+QPING=“<host>”[,[<timeout>][,<p
ingnum>]]
Response
OK
[+QPING: <result>[,<ipAddr>,<bytes>,<time>,<ttl>]<CR>
<LF>
…]<CR><LF>
+QPING:<finresult>[,<sent>,<rcvd>,<lost>,<min>,<max>,
<avg>]
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
Depends on <timeout>.
Reference
Quectel
<host> The host address in string style. It could be a domain name or a dotted decimal IP address
<timeout> A numeric gives the maximum time to wait for the response of each ping request. Unit:
second. Range: 1-255. Default: 1
<pingnum> A numeric indicates the maximum time of ping request. Range: 1-10. Default: 4
<result> The result of each ping request
0 Received the ping response from the server. In the case, it is followed by
“,<ipAddr>,<bytes>,<time>,<ttl>”
1 Timeout for the ping request. In the case, no other information follows it
<ipAddr> The IP address of the remote server. It is a dotted decimal IP
<bytes> The length of sending each ping request
<time> The time expended to wait for the response for the ping request. Unit: ms
<ttl> The value of time to live of the response packet for the ping request
<finresult> The final result of the command
2 It is finished normally. It is successful to activate GPRS and find the host. In the
case, it is followed by “,<sent>,<rcvd>,<lost>,<min>,<max>,<avg>”
3 The TCP/IP stack is busy now. In the case, no other information follows it
4 Do NOT find the host. In the case, no other information follows it
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 178 / 259
11.34. AT+QNTP Synchronize the Local Time via NTP
Parameter
5 Failed to activate PDP context. In the case, no other information follows it
<sent> Total number of sending the ping requests
<rcvd> Total number of the ping requests that received the response
<lost> Total number of the ping requests that were timeout
<min> The minimum response time. Unit: ms
<max> The maximum response time. Unit: ms
<avg> The average response time. Unit: ms
AT+QNTP Synchronize the Local Time Via NTP
Test Command
AT+QNTP=?
Response
+QNTP: “SERVER”,(list of supported <port>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QNTP?
Response
+QNTP: “<server>”,<port>
OK
Execution Command
AT+QNTP
Response
OK
+QNTP: <result>
Write Command
AT+QNTP=“<server>”[,<port>]
Response
OK
+QNTP: <result>
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
120s, determined by network.
Reference
Quectel
<server> The address of the Time Server in string style. It could be a domain name or a dotted decimal
IP address
<port> The port of the Time Server
<result> The result of time synchronization
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 179 / 259
The factory Time Server is the National Time Service Centre of China whose address is “210.72.145.44”
and the port is 123.
11.35. AT+QIKALIVE Set TCP/IP Keep Alive Parameter
Parameter
0 Successfully synchronize the local time
1 Failed to synchronize the local time because of unknown reason
2 Failed to receive the response from the Time Server
3 The TCP/IP stack is busy now
4 Do Not find the Time Server
5 Failed to activate PDP context
AT+QIKALIVE Set TCP/IP Keep Alive Parameter
Test Command
AT+QIKALIVE=?
Response
+QIKALIVE: (list of supported <switch>s)[,(list of supported
<idle_value>s),(list of supported <interval_value>s)]
OK
Read Command
AT+QIKALIVE?
Response
+QIKALIVE: <switch>,<idle_value>,<interval_value>
OK
Write Command
AT+QIKALIVE=<switch>[,<idle_value
>,<interval_value>]
Response
OK
If there is any error:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<switch> 0 Enable the function
1 Disable the function
<idle_value> The interval between heartbeat packets sent.
60 The range is 10-1800 seconds, and the default value is 60 seconds
<interval_value> If the heartbeat package sending failed, the package will be sent again.
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 180 / 259
The setting cannot be saved after reset.
10 The range is 10-20 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 181 / 259
12 Supplementary Service Commands
12.1. AT+CCFC Call Forwarding Number and Conditions Control
AT+CCFC Call Forwarding Number and Conditions Control
Test Command
AT+CCFC=?
Response
+CCFC: (list of supported <reads>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CCFC=<reads>,<mode>[,<numbe
r>[,<type>[,<class>[,<subaddr>[,<sat
ype>[,time]]]]]]
Response
TA controls the call forwarding supplementary service.
Registration, erasure, activation, deactivation, and status
query are supported.
Only <reads> and <mode> should be entered with mode (0-
2,4)
If <mode><>2 and the command is executed successfully,
response:
OK
If <mode>=2 and the command is executed successfully
(only in connection with <reads> 0-3):
For registered call forwarding numbers:
+CCFC: <status>,<class1>[,<number>,<type>[,<subadd
r>,<satype>[,<time>]]] [<CR><LF>+CCFC: ....]
OK
If no call forwarding numbers are registered (and therefore all
classes are inactive):
+CCFC: <status>,<class>
OK
where <status>=0 and <class>=15
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 182 / 259
Parameter
Example
AT+CCFC=0,3,“15021012496” //Register the destination number for unconditional call
forwarding (CFU)
OK
AT+CCFC=0,2 //Query the status of CFU without specifying <class>
+CCFC: 1,1,“+8615021012496”,145
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<reads> 0 Unconditional
1 Mobile busy
2 No reply
3 Not reachable
4 All call forwarding (0-3)
5 All conditional call forwarding (1-3)
<mode> 0 Disable
1 Enable
2 Query status
3 Registration
4 Erasure
<number> Phone number in string type of forwarding address in format specified by <type>
<type> Type of address in integer format; default value is 145 when dialing string includes
international access code character “+”, otherwise 129
<subaddr> String type sub-address of format specified by <satype>
<satype> Type of sub-address octet in integer format (refer to GSM 04.08 subclause 10.5.4.8)
<class> 1 Voice
2 Data
4 Fax
7 All telephony except SMS
8 Short message service
16 Data circuit sync
32 Data circuit async
<time> 1…30 When “no reply” (<reads>=no reply) is enabled or queried, this gives the time in
seconds to wait before call is forwarded, default value is 20
<status> 0 Not active
1 Active
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 183 / 259
+CCFC: 1,4,“+8615021012496”,145
+CCFC: 1,32,“+8615021012496”,145
+CCFC: 1,16,“+8615021012496”,145
OK
AT+CCFC=0,4 //Erase the registered CFU destination number
OK
AT+CCFC=0,2 //Query the status, no destination number
+CCFC: 0,7
OK
12.2. AT+CCUG Closed User Group Control
Parameter
AT+CCUG Closed User Group Control
Test Command
AT+CCUG=?
Response
OK
Read Command
AT+CCUG?
Response
+CCUG: <n>,<index>,<info>
OK
Write Command
AT+CCUG=[<n>][,<index>[,<info>]]
Response
TA sets the closed user group supplementary service
parameters as a default adjustment for all following calls.
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<n> 0 Disable CUG
1 Enable CUG
<index> 0...9 CUG index
10 No index (preferred CUG taken from subscriber data)
<info> 0 Bo information
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 184 / 259
12.3. AT+CCWA Call Waiting Control
Parameter
1 Suppress OA (Outgoing Access)
2 Suppress preferential CUG
3 Suppress OA and preferential CUG
AT+CCWA Call Waiting Control
Test Command
AT+CCWA=?
Response
+CCWA: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CCWA?
Response
+CCWA: <n>
OK
Write Command
AT+CCWA=[<n>][,<mode>[,<class>]]
Response
TA controls the call waiting supplementary service. Activation,
deactivation and status query are supported.
If <mode><>2 and the command is executed successfully:
OK
If <mode>=2 and the command is executed successfully:
+CCWA: <status>,<class1>[<CR><LF>+CCWA:<status>,
<class2>[...]]
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<n> 0 Disable presentation of an unsolicited result code
1 Enable presentation of an unsolicited result code
<mode> When <mode> parameter is not given, network is not interrogated
0 Disable
1 Enable
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 185 / 259
1. <status>=0 should be returned only if service is not active for any <class> i.e. +CCWA: 0, 7 will be
returned in this case.
2. When <mode>=2, all active call waiting classes will be reported. In this mode the command is available
by pressing any key.
3. Unsolicited result code
When the presentation call waiting at the TA is enabled (and call waiting is enabled) and a terminating
call set up during an established call, an unsolicited result code is returned:
+CCWA: <number>,<type>,<class>[,<alpha>]
Parameters
<number> Phone number in string type of calling address in format specified by <type>
<type> Type of address octet in integer format
129 Unknown type (IDSN format number)
145 International number type (ISDN format)
<alpha> Optional string type alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the
entry found in phone book
Example
AT+CCWA=1,1 //Enable presentation of an unsolicited result code
OK
ATD10086; //Establish a call
OK
+CCWA: “02154450293”,129,1 //Indication of a call that has been waiting
12.4. AT+CHLD Call Hold and Multiparty
2 Query status
<class> A sum of integers, each integer represents a class of information
1 Voice (telephony)
2 Data (bearer service)
4 Fax (facsimile)
16 Data circuit sync
32 Data circuit async
<status> 0 Disable
1 Enable
AT+CHLD Call Hold and Multiparty
Test Command
Response
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 186 / 259
Parameter
These supplementary services are only available to the teleservice 11 (Speech: Telephony).
Example
ATD10086; //Establish a call
OK
+CCWA: “02154450293”,129,1 //Indication of a call that has been waiting
AT+CHLD=2 //Place the active call on hold and accept the waiting call as
the active call
OK
AT+CLCC
AT+CHLD=?
+CHLD: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CHLD=[<n>]
Response
TA controls the supplementary services call hold, multiparty
and explicit call transfer. Calls can be put on hold, recovered,
released, added to conversation and transferred.
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<n> 0 Terminate all held calls or UDUB (User Determined User Busy) for a waiting call. If
a call is waiting, terminate the waiting call. Otherwise, terminate all held calls (if
any)
1 Terminate all active calls (if any) and accept the other call (waiting call or held call).
It cannot terminate active call if there is only one call
1X Terminate the specific call number X (X=1-7)(active, waiting or held)
2 Place all active calls on hold (if any) and accept the other call (waiting call or held
call) as the active call
2X Place all active calls except call X (X=1-7) on hold
3 Add the held call to the active calls
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 187 / 259
+CLCC: 1,0,1,0,0,“10086”,129,“” //The first call on hold
+CLCC: 2,1,0,0,0,“02154450293”,129,“” //The second call becomes active
OK
AT+CHLD=21 //Place the active call except call X=1 on hold
OK
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,“10086”,129,“” //The first call becomes active
+CLCC: 2,1,1,0,1,“02154450293”,129,“” //The second call on hold
OK
AT+CHLD=3 //Add a held call to the active calls in order to set up a
conference (multiparty) call
OK
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,1,“10086”,129,“”
+CLCC: 2,1,0,0,1,“02154450293”,129,“”
OK
12.5. AT+CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation
AT+CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation
Test Command
AT+CLIP=?
Response
+CLIP: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CLIP?
Response
+CLIP: <n>,<m>
OK
Write Command
AT+CLIP=[<n>]
Response
TA enables or disables the presentation of the calling line
identity (CLI) at the TE. It has no effect on the execution of the
supplementary service CLIP in the network.
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 188 / 259
Parameter
Unsolicited result code
When the presentation of the CLI at the TE is enabled (and calling subscriber allows), an unsolicited result
code is returned after every RING (or +CRING: <type>) at a mobile terminating call.
+CLIP: <number>,<type>,“[<subaddr>]”,[<satype>],“[<alphaId>]”,<CLI validity>
Parameters
<number> Phone number in string type of calling address in format specified by <type>
<type> Type of address octet in integer format;
129 Unknown type (IDSN format number)
145 International number type (ISDN format)
<subaddr> String type sub-address of format specified by <satype>
<satype> Type of sub-address octet in integer format (refer to GSM 04.08 [8] subclause 10.5.4.8)
<alphaId> String type alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry
found in phone book
<CLI validity> 0 CLI valid
1 CLI has been withheld by the originator
2 CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitations of originating
network
Example
AT+CPBW=1,“02151082965”,129,“QUECTEL”
OK
AT+CLIP=1
OK
RING
+CLIP: “02151082965",129,“”,,“”,0
Maximum Response Time
15s, determined by network.
Reference
GSM 07.07
<n> 0 Suppress unsolicited result codes
1 Display unsolicited result codes
<m> 0 CLIP not provisioned
1 CLIP provisioned
2 Unknown
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 189 / 259
12.6. AT+QCLIP Control Whether or Not to Show the Name of Incoming
Call Number
Parameter
This AT command should be used in conjunction with CLIP command.
Example
AT+CPBW=1,“02151082965”,129,“QUECTEL”
OK
AT+QCLIP=1
OK
AT+CLIP=1
OK
AT+QCLIP Control Whether or Not to Show the Name of Incoming Call Number
Test Command
AT+QCLIP=?
Response
+QCLIP: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QCLIP?
Response
+QCLIP: <n>
OK
Write Command
AT+QCLIP=<n>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<n> Enable or disable the function of show the name of incoming call number
0 Enable
1 Disable
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 190 / 259
RING
+CLIP: “02151082965”,129,“”,,“QUECTEL”,0
12.7. AT+CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction
Parameter
AT+CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction
Test Command
AT+CLIR=?
Response
+CLIR: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CLIR?
Response
+CLIR: <n>,<m>
OK
Write Command
AT+CLIR=[<n>]
Response
TA restricts or enables the presentation of the calling line
identity (CLI) to the called party when originating a call.
The command overrides the CLIR subscription (default is
restricted or allowed) when temporary mode is provisioned as
a default adjustment for all following outgoing calls. This
adjustment can be revoked by using the opposite Command.
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
15s, determined by network
Reference
GSM 07.07
<n> (Parameter sets the adjustment for outgoing calls)
0 Presentation indicator is used according to the subscription of the CLIR service
1 CLIR invocation
2 CLIR suppression
<m> (Parameter shows the subscriber CLIR service status in the network)
0 CLIR not provisioned
1 CLIR provisioned in permanent mode
2 Unknown (e.g. no network, etc.)
3 CLIR temporary mode presentation restricted
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 191 / 259
12.8. AT+COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation
Parameter
4 CLIR temporary mode presentation allowed
AT+COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation
Test Command
AT+COLP=?
Response
+COLP: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+COLP?
Response
+COLP: <n>,<m>
OK
Write Command
AT+COLP=[<n>]
Response
TA enables or disables the presentation of the COL
(Connected Line) at the TE for a mobile originating a call. It
has no effect on the execution of the supplementary service
COLR in the network.
Intermediate result code is returned from TA to TE before any
+CR or V.25ter responses.
OK
Maximum Response Time
15s, determined by network.
Reference
GSM 07.07
<n> (Parameter sets/shows the result code presentation status in the TA)
0 Disable
1 Enable
<m> (Parameter shows the subscriber COLP service status in the network)
0 COLP not provisioned
1 COLP provisioned
2 Unknown (e.g. no network, etc.)
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 192 / 259
Intermediate result code
When enabled (and called subscriber allows), an intermediate result code is returned before any +CR or
V.25ter responses:
+COLP: <number>,<type>[,<subaddr>,<satype>[,<alpha>]]
Parameters
<number> Phone number in string type, format specified by <type>
<type> Type of address octet in integer format
129 Unknown type (IDSN format number)
145 International number type (ISDN format)
<subaddr> String type sub-address of format specified by <satype>
<satype> Type of sub-address octet in integer format (refer to GSM 04.08 subclause 10.5.4.8)
<alpha> Optional string type alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry
found in phone book
Example
AT+CPBW=1,“02151082965”,129,“QUECTEL”
OK
AT+COLP=1
OK
ATD02151082965;
+COLP: “02151082965”,129,“”,0,“”
OK
12.9. AT+QCOLP Show Alpha Field in +COLP String
AT+QCOLP Show Alpha Field in +COLP String
Test Command
AT+QCOLP=?
Response
+QCOLP: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QCOLP?
Response
+QCOLP: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+QCOLP=<mode>
Response
OK
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 193 / 259
Parameter
This command setting only works under AT+COLP=1.
Example
AT+CPBW=1,“02151082965”,129,“QUECTEL”
OK
AT+QCOLP=1
OK
AT+COLP=1
OK
ATD02151082965;
+COLP: “02151082965”,129,“”,0,“QUECTEL”
OK
12.10. AT+CUSD Unstructured Supplementary Service Data
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<mode> Whether or not to show alpha field in +COLP string
0 NOT show alpha field in +COLP string
1 Show alpha field in +COLP string
AT+CUSD Unstructured Supplementary Service Data
Test Command
AT+CUSD=?
Response
+CUSD: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CUSD?
Response
+CUSD: <n>
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 194 / 259
Parameter
Example
AT+CSCS=“UCS2”
OK
AT+CUSD=1,“002A0031003000300023”
+CUSD: 1,“0031002E59296C14000A0032002E65B095FB000A0033002E8BC15238000A0034002E5F
697968000A0035002E751F6D3B000A0036002E5A314E50000A0037002E5E385DDE98CE91C7000A
002A002E900051FA000A”,72
OK
12.11. AT+CSSN Supplementary Services Notification
OK
Write Command
AT+CUSD=[<n>[,<str>[,<dcs>]]
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
120s, determined by network.
Reference
GSM 07.07
<n> A numeric parameter which indicates control of the unstructured supplementary service data
0 Disable the result code presentation in the TA
1 Enable the result code presentation in the TA
2 Cancel session (not applicable to read command response)
<str> String type USSD-string
<dcs> Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format (default 0)
AT+CSSN Supplementary Services Notification
Test Command
AT+CSSN=?
Response
+CSSN: (list of supported <n>s),(list of supported <m>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSSN?
Response
+CSSN: <n>,<m>
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 195 / 259
Parameter
OK
Write Command
AT+CSSN=[<n>[,<m>]]
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<n> A numeric parameter which indicates whether to show the +CSSI: <code1>[,<index>]
result code presentation status after a mobile originated call setup
0 Disable
1 Enable
<m> A numeric parameter which indicates whether to show the +CSSU: <code2> result code
presentation status during a mobile terminated call setup or during a call, or when a forward
check supplementary service notification is received
0 Disable
1 Enable
<code1> 0 Unconditional call forwarding is active
1 Some of the conditional call forwarding are active
2 Call has been forwarded
3 Call is waiting
4 This is a CUG call (also <index> present)
5 Outgoing calls are barred
6 Incoming calls are barred
7 CLIR suppression rejected
<index> Closed user group index
<code2> 0 This is a forwarded call
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 196 / 259
13 Audio Commands
13.1. ATL Set Monitor Speaker Loudness
Parameter
The two commands ATL and ATM are implemented only for V.25 compatibility reasons and have no effect.
13.2. ATM Set Monitor Speaker Mode
ATL Set Monitor Speaker Loudness
Execution Command
ATL<value>
Response
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<value> 0 Low speaker volume
1 Low speaker volume
2 Medium speaker volume
3 High speaker volume
ATM Set Monitor Speaker Mode
Execution Command
ATM<value>
Response
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 197 / 259
Parameter
The two commands ATL and ATM are implemented only for V.25 compatibility reasons and have no effect.
13.3. AT+VTD Tone Duration
Parameter
<value> 0 Speaker is always off
1 Speaker is on until TA informs TE that the carrier has been detected
2 Speaker is always on when TA is off-hook
AT+VTD Tone Duration
Test Command
AT+VTD=?
Response
+VTD: (list of supported <internalduration>s)[,(list of
supported <duration>s)]
OK
Read Command
AT+VTD?
Response
+VTD: <internalduration>,<duration>
OK
Write Command
AT+VTD=<internalduration>[,<duratio
n>]
Response
This command refers to an integer <internalduration> that
defines the length of tones emitted as a result of the +VTS
command. This does not affect the D command.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<internalduration> 1-255 Duration between two tones. Unit: 100ms
<duration> 0 Do not set duration of every single tone.
1-100000 Duration of every single tone. Unit: 1ms
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 198 / 259
13.4. AT+VTS DTMF and Tone Generation
Parameter
Example
ATD10086; //Establish a call
OK
AT+VTS=1 //Send a single DTMF tone according to the prompts of voice
OK
AT+VTS DTMF and Tone Generation
Test Command
AT+VTS=?
Response
+VTS: (list of supported <dtmf>s),(list of supported
<duration>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+VTS=<dtmf-string>
Response
This command allows the transmission of DTMF tones and
arbitrary tones in voice mode. These tones may be used (for
example) when announcing the start of a recording period.
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Depends on the length of <dtmf-string>.
Reference
GSM 07.07
<dtmf-string> It has a max length of 20 characters, must be entered between double quotes (“ ”) and
consists of combinations of the following separated by commas. But a single character
does not require quotes
1) <dtmf> A single ASCII characters in the set 0-9, #, *, A-D. This is
interpreted as a sequence of DTMF tones whose duration
is set by the AT+VTD command
2) {<dtmf>,<duration>} This is interpreted as a DTMF tone whose duration is
determined by <duration>
<duration> Duration of the tone, unit: 100ms, range: 1-255
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 199 / 259
13.5. AT+CALM Alert Sound Mode
Parameter
13.6. AT+CRSL Ringer Sound Level
AT+CALM Alert Sound Mode
Test Command
AT+CALM=?
Response
+CALM: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CALM?
Response
+CALM: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+CALM=<mode>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<mode> 0 Normal mode
1 Silent mode (all sounds from ME are prevented)
AT+CRSL Ringer Sound Level
Test Command
AT+CRSL=?
Response
+CRSL: (list of supported <level>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CRSL?
Response
+CRSL: <level>
OK
Write Command
AT+CRSL=<level>
Response
OK
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 200 / 259
Parameter
13.7. AT+CLVL Loud Speaker Volume Level
Parameter
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<level> Integer type value (0-100) with manufacturer specific range (smallest value represents the
lowest sound level).
AT+CLVL Loud Speaker Volume Level
Test Command
AT+CLVL=?
Response
+CLVL: (list of supported <level>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CLVL?
Response
+CLVL: <level>
OK
Write Command
AT+CLVL=<level>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<level> Integer type value (0-100) with manufacturer specific range (smallest value represents the
lowest sound level). The default values are 60, 40 and 35 for each channel.
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 201 / 259
13.8. AT+CMUT Mute Control
Parameter
This command is to mute the uplink.
13.9. AT+QSIDET Change the Side Tone Gain Level
AT+CMUT Mute Control
Test Command
AT+CMUT=?
Response
+CMUT: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CMUT?
Response
+CMUT: <n>
OK
Write Command
AT+CMUT=<n>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<n> 0 Mute off
1 Mute on
AT+QSIDET Change the Side Tone Gain Level
Test Command
AT+QSIDET=?
Response
+QSIDET: (list of supported <gainlevel>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QSIDET?
Response
(1) If AT+QAUDCH=0:
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 202 / 259
Parameter
<gainlevel> value is related to specific channel.
13.10. AT+QMIC Change the Microphone Gain Level
+QSIDET(NORMAL_AUDIO): <gainlevel>
OK
(2) If AT+QAUDCH=1:
+QSIDET(HEADSET_AUDIO): <gainlevel>
OK
Write Command
AT+QSIDET=<gainlevel>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<gainlevel> Range is 0-255. Default value is 80.
AT+QMIC Change the Microphone Gain Level
Test Command
AT+QMIC=?
Response
+QMIC: (list of supported <channel>s）, (list of supported
<gainlevel>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QMIC?
Response
+QMIC: <gainlevel(Normal_Mic)>,<gainlevel(Headset_Mi
c)>,<gainlevel(Loudspeaker_Mic)>
OK
Write Command
Response
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 203 / 259
Parameter
13.11. AT+QLDTMF Generate Local DTMF Tones
Parameter
AT+QMIC=<channel>,<gainlevel>
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<channel> 0 Normal microphone
1 Headset microphone
2 Loudspeaker microphone
<gainlevel> Range is 0-15. The default values are 4, 9, and 8 for each channel.
AT+QLDTMF Generate Local DTMF Tones
Test Command
AT+QLDTMF=?
Response
+QLDTMF: (list of supported <durations>s）,(list of
supported <DTMF string>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+QLDTMF=<durations>[,<DTMF
string>]
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Execution Command
AT+QLDTMF
Response
OK
Maximum Response Time
Depends on the length of <DTMF string>.
Reference
Quectel
<durations> A numeric parameter (1-1000) which indicates the duration of all DTMF tones in
<DTMF string> in 1/10 seconds
<DTMF string> A string parameter which has a max length of 20 DTMF characters (single ASCII chars
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 204 / 259
Aborts any DTMF tones that are generated currently and any DTMF tones sequence.
13.12. AT+QAUDCH Swap the Audio Channels
Parameter
13.13. AT+QAUDLOOP Audio Channel Loop Back Test
in the set 0-9, #, *, A-D), separated by commas
AT+QAUDCH Swap the Audio Channels
Test Command
AT+QAUDCH=?
Response
+QAUDCH: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QAUDCH?
Response
+QAUDCH: <n>
OK
Write Command
AT+QAUDCH=[<n>]
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<n> 0 Normal audio channel (default)
1 Headset audio channel
2 Loudspeaker audio
AT+QAUDLOOP Audio Channel Loop Back Test
Test Command
AT+QAUDLOOP=?
Response
+QAUDLOOP: (list of supported <state>s),(list of supported
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 205 / 259
Parameter
13.14. AT+QLTONE Generate Local Specific Tone
<type>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+QAUDLOOP=<state>[,<type>]
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<state> 0 Test is off
1 Test is on
<type> 0 Normal audio channel
1 Headset audio channel
2 Loudspeaker audio channel
AT+QLTONE Generate Local Specific Tone
Test Command
AT+QLTONE=?
Response
+QLTONE: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported
<frequency>s),(list of supported <periodOn>s),(list of
supported <periodOff>s),(list of supported <duration>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+QLTONE=<mode>,<frequency>,<
periodOn>,<periodOff>,<duration>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Depends on the content of the play.
Reference
Quectel
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 206 / 259
Parameter
When playing the tone of a specified frequency, the module will continuously play for <periodOn>, and
then stop playing for <periodOff> in a cycle. The total time of cycles is <duration>.
13.15. AT+QTONEP Set DTMF Output Path
Parameter
<mode> 0 Stop playing tone
1 Start playing tone
<frequency> The frequency of tone to be generated
<periodOn> The period of generating tone
<periodOff> The period of stopping tone
<duration> Duration of tones in milliseconds
AT+QTONEP Set DTMF Output Path
Test Command
AT+QTONEP=?
Response
+QTONEP: (list of supported <outputpath>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QTONEP?
Response
+QTONEP: <outputpath>
OK
Write Command
AT+QTONEP=<outputpath>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<outputpath> Output path
0 Output DTMF or tone from Normal speaker
1 Output DTMF or tone from Headset speaker
2 Output DTMF or tone from Loud speaker
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 207 / 259
Set AT+QTONEP=3, output DTMF or tone from default speak path. For more details, consult
AT+QAUDCH.
13.16. AT+QTDMOD Set Tone Detection Mode
Parameter
3 Auto
AT+QTDMOD Set Tone Detection Mode
Test Command
AT+QTDMOD=?
Response
+QTDMOD: (list of supported <operatefuntion>s),(list of
supported <funtionstatus>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QTDMOD?
Response
+QTDMOD: <operatefuntion>,<funtionstatus>
OK
Write Command
AT+QTDMOD=<operatefuntion>,<funt
ionstatus>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<operatefuntion> Operate function
1 Set detection range
2 Set detection mode
<funtionstatus> Function status
0 When set <operatefuntion>=1, detect all DTMF, including 1400Hz and
2300Hz handshake signal. When set <operatefuntion>=2, detect DTMF tone
by normal arithmetic
1 When set <operatefuntion>=1, only detect 1400Hz and 2300Hz handshake
signal by using optimal arithmetic. When set <operatefuntion>=2, detect long
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 208 / 259
1. Set AT+QTDMOD=1,0, detect all DTMF, including 1400Hz and 2300Hz handshake signal.
2. Set AT+QTDMOD=1,1, only detect 1400Hz and 2300Hz handshake signal by using optimal arithmetic.
3. Set AT+QTDMOD=1,2, detect all DTMF, not including 1400Hz and 2300Hz handshake signal.
4. Set AT+QTDMOD=2,0, detect DTMF tone by using normal arithmetic.
5. Set AT+QTDMOD=2,1, detect long continuous DTMF tone by using optimal arithmetic.
6. Consult AT+QTONEDET.
13.17. AT+QTONEDET Detect DTMF
Parameter
continuous DTMF tone by using optimal arithmetic
2 When set <operatefuntion>=1, not detected 1400Hz and 2300Hz handshake
signal.
AT+QTONEDET Detect DTMF
Test Command
AT+QTONEDET=?
Response
+QTONEDET: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QTONEDET?
Response
+QTONEDET: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+QTONEDET=<mode>[,<operate>][
,<prefixpause>][,<lowthreshold>][,<hi
ghthreshold>]
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Open after successful DTMF tone is detected, report:
+QTONEDET: <dtmfcode>[,< persistencetime>]
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<mode> Mode function
0 Close tone detection
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 209 / 259
1 Open tone detection
2 Configure 1400Hz or 2300Hz detection threshold, duration of which is 100ms
3 Configure 1400Hz and 2300Hz 400ms detection threshold
4 Configure DTMF detection threshold
5 Open debug
<operate> Operate value
When <mode>=2, <operate> is set as follows
0 Query threshold values; these values are 1400Hz and 2300Hz detection
threshold, each duration of which is 100ms
1 Set threshold values; these values are 1400Hz and 2300Hz 100ms detection
threshold
When <mode>=3, <operate> is set as follows
0 Query threshold values; these values are 1400Hz and 2300Hz 400ms detect
threshold
1 Set threshold values; these values are 1400Hz and 2300Hz 400ms detect
threshold.
When <mode>=4, <operate> is set as follows
0 Query threshold values; these values are detection threshold
1 Set threshold values; these values are DTMF detection threshold
When <mode>=5, <param1> is set as follows
0 Working status, default value, report +QTONEDET: x,x, please refer to Note3
1 Debug status, only report +QTONEDTD:x,x,… debug information (refer to
Note 2)
2 Debug status and working status, report +QTONEDTD: x,x,… debug
information (refer to Note 2) and +QTONEDET:x,x, please refer to Note 4
<prefixpause> Prefix pause number
<lowthreshold> Low threshold value
<highthreshold> High threshold value
<dtmfcode> DTMF tone code corresponding ASSCII
48 DTMF 0
49 DTMF 1
50 DTMF 2
51 DTMF 3
52 DTMF 4
53 DTMF 5
54 DTMF 6
55 DTMF 7
56 DTMF 8
57 DTMF 9
65 DTMF A
66 DTMF B
67 DTMF C
68 DTMF D
42 DTMF *
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 210 / 259
1. Available during voice call.
2. If the duration of DTMF tone is within the value range of low and high threshold value, it is effective.
Unit: 20ms.
3. When in debug mode, report +QTONEDTD: <dtmfcode>,<weak>,<strong>,<pause_f7>,
<pause_dtmf>,<pause_unkown>,<framecnt>.
4. When report as follows:
+QTONEDET: 50 Detected DTMF 2
+QTONEDET: 69,100 Detected 100ms of 1400Hz
+QTONEDET: 70,100 Detected 100ms of 2300Hz
+QTONEDET: 69,400 Detected 400ms of 1400Hz
+QTONEDET: 70,400 Detected 400ms of 2300Hz
5. Consult AT+QTDMOD.
13.18. AT+QWDTMF Play DTMF Tone During the Call
35 DTMF #
69 1400Hz frequency
70 2300Hz frequency
<persistencetime>
100 100ms of the tone is detected, only 1400Hz and 2300 Hz
400 400ms of the tone is detected, only 1400Hz and 2300 Hz
AT+QWDTMF Play DTMF Tone During the Call
Test Command
AT+QWDTMF=?
Response
+QWDTMF: (list of supported <ul_volume>s),(list of
supported
<dl_volume>s),(“<dtmfcode>,<continuancetime>,<muteti
me>”),(list of supported <channel>s),(list of supported
<mode>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+QWDTMF=<ul_volume>,<dl_volu
me>,(“<dtmfcode>,<continuancetime
>,<mutetime>”)[,<channel>][,<mode>
]
Response
If success is related to ME functionality:
+QWDTMF: 5
OK
If fail is related to ME functionality:
+QWDTMF: <playcode>
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 211 / 259
Parameter
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Depends on the content of the play.
Reference
Quectel
<ul_volume> 0-7, uplink channel of the volume
<dl_volume> 0-7, downlink channel of the volume, recommended to be set as 0
<dtmfcode> The DTMF tone strings
‘0’ DTMF 0
‘1’ DTMF 1
‘2’ DTMF 2
‘3’ DTMF 3
‘4’ DTMF 4
‘5’ DTMF 5
‘6’ DTMF 6
‘7’ DTMF 7
‘8’ DTMF 8
‘9’ DTMF 9
‘A’ DTMF A
‘B’ DTMF B
‘C’ DTMF C
‘D’ DTMF D
‘*’ DTMF *
‘#’ DTMF #
‘E’ Frequency of 1400Hz
‘F’ Frequency of 2300Hz
‘G’ Frequency of 1KHz
<continuancetime> Duration of each DTMF tone. Unit: ms
<mutetime> Mute time. Unit: ms
<channel> 0 Normal audio channel
1 Headset audio channel
2 Loudspeaker audio
<mode> 0 Algorithm 1 (Default)
1 Algorithm 2
<playcode> Indicate status of sending DTMF
If <playcode> is 5, it means sending DTMF successfully
If <playcode> is not 5, it means sending DTMF unsuccessfully
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 212 / 259
1. AT+QWDTMF=7,0,“0A5,50,50,1,55,50,23,100,50”
Send DTMF ‘0’ for 50ms, mute 50ms; send DTMF ‘A’ for 50ms, mute 50ms; send DTMF ‘5’ for 50ms,
mute 50ms; send DTMF ‘1’ for 55ms, mute 50ms; send DTMF ‘2’ for 100ms, mute 50ms; send DTMF
‘3’ for 100ms, mute 50ms.
2. <channel> is available for non-call.
13.19. AT+QPCMON Configure PCM Interface
Parameter
AT+QPCMON Configure PCM Interface
Test Command
AT+QPCMON=?
Response
OK
Read Command
AT+QPCMON?
Response
+QPCMON: <mode>,<sync_type>,<sync_length>,<SignE
xtension>,<MSBFirst>
OK
Write Command
AT+QPCMON=<mode>,<sync_type>,
<sync_length>, <SignExtension>,<M
SBFirst>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Reference
Quectel
<mode> PCM operate mode
0 Close PCM interface
1 PCM interface always ON
2 PCM interface ON while in call
3 Get PCM running status (0: IDLE; 1: RUNNING)
<sync_type> Select long/short frame
0 Short frame
1 Long frame
<sync_type> Length of synchronous frame
Range: 1~8
<SignExtension> Sign bit extension
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 213 / 259
If <SignExtension> set as 1, AT+QPCMVOL setting will be invalid.
13.20. AT+QPCMVOL Set/Get PCM Input/Output Volume
Parameter
0 Disable sign bit extension
1 Enable sign bit extension
<MSBFirst> Most significant bit first
0 MSB first
1 LSB first
AT+QPCMVOL Set/Get PCM Input/Output Volume
Test Command
AT+QPCMVOL=?
Response
+QPCMVOL: <vol_pcm_in>(0-32767),<vol_pcm_out>(0-3
2767)
OK
Read Command
AT+QPCMVOL?
Response
+QPCMVOL: <vol_pcm_in>,<vol_pcm_out>
OK
Write Command
AT+QPCMVOL=<vol_pcm_in>,<vol_p
cm_out>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Reference
Quectel
<vol_pcm_in> PCM input volume. The range is 0~32767.
<vol_pcm_out> PCM output volume. The range is 0~32767.
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 214 / 259
14 Hardware Related Commands
14.1. AT+CCLK Clock
Parameter
Example
AT+CCLK? //Query the local time
+CCLK: “08/01/04, 00:19:43+00”
OK
AT+CCLK Clock
Test Command
AT+CCLK=?
Response
OK
Read Command
AT+CCLK?
Response
+CCLK: <time>
OK
Write Command
AT+CCLK=<time>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<time> String type value; format is “yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz”, where characters indicate year (two
last digits),month, day, hour, minutes, seconds and time zone (indicates the difference,
expressed in quarters of an hour, between the local time and GMT; range -47...+48). E.g.
May 6th, 1994, 22:10:00 GMT+2 hours equals to “94/05/06,22:10:00+08”
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 215 / 259
14.2. AT+QALARM Set Alarm
Parameter
AT+QALARM Set Alarm
Test Command
AT+QALARM=?
Response
+QALARM: (list of supported <state>s),<time>,(list of
supported <repeat>s),(list of supported <power>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+QALARM=<state>,<time>,<repeat
>,<power>
Response
OK
If there is any error, response:
ERROR
Or
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<state> An integer parameter which indicates whether or not to enable alarm
0 Clear alarm
1 Set alarm
<time> A string parameter which indicates the time when an alarm arises. The format is
“yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz” where characters indicate the last two digits of year, month, day,
hour, minute, second and time zone. The time zone is expressed in quarters of an hour
between the local time and GMT, ranging from -47 to +48
<repeat> An integer parameter which indicates the repeat mode
0 None
1 Daily
2 Weekly
3 Monthly
<power> An integer parameter which indicates the method of controlling power when alarm arises
0 None. Only send “ALARM RING” to serial port
1 Alarm power off. Send “ALARM RING” to serial port and power off in 5 seconds
2 Alarm power on. Send “ALARM MODE” to serial port and enter into alarm mode
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 216 / 259
In alarm mode, protocol stack and (U)SIM protocol are closed, only a few AT commands can be executed,
and system will be powered down after 90 seconds, if neither power key is pressed nor functionality is
changed to full functionality. If power key is pressed, system will be powered down immediately.
14.3. AT+CBC Battery Charge
Parameter
As MC20/MC30 does not support battery charge, <bcs> and <bcl> are invalid while the <voltage> still
represents the correct voltage of VBATT.
AT+CBC Battery Charge
Test Command
AT+CBC=?
Response
+CBC: (list of supported <bcs>s),(list of supported
<bcl>s),(voltage)
OK
Execution Command
AT+CBC
Response
+CBC: <bcs>,<bcl>,<voltage>
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM 07.07
<bcs> Battery charge status
0 ME is not charging
1 ME is charging
2 Charging has finished
<bcl> Battery charge level
0...100 Battery has 0-100 percent of capacity remaining vent
<voltage> Battery voltage (mV)
NOTE
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 217 / 259
14.4. AT+QADC Read ADC
Parameter
14.5. AT+QSCLK Configure Slow Clock
AT+QADC Read ADC
Test Command
AT+QADC=?
Response
+QADC: (list of supported <status>s),(list of supported
<value>s)
OK
Execution Command
AT+QADC?
Response
+QADC: <status>,<value>
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<status> Status
0 Fail
1 Success
<value> 0-2800 Voltage
AT+QSCLK Configure Slow Clock
Test Command
AT+QSCLK=?
Response
+QSCLK: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QSCLK?
Response
+QSCLK: <n>
OK
Write Command
AT+QSCLK=<n>
Response
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 218 / 259
Parameter
In mode 2, the first UART data that the module received in sleep mode will be discarded as it is used to
wake up the module. It’s suggested to send an extra AT command to wake up the module first, and then
continue to send other commands.
14.6. AT+QLEDMODE Configure the Network Indication LED Patterns
Parameter
Quectel
<n> 0 Disable slow clock
1 Enable slow clock, and it is controlled by DTR
2 When there is no data on serial port in 5 seconds, module will enter into sleep
mode. Otherwise, it will exit from sleep mode.
AT+QLEDMODE Configure the Network Indication LED Patterns
Test Command
AT+QLEDMODE=?
Response
+QLEDMODE: (list of supported <ledmode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QLEDMODE?
Response
+QLEDMODE: <ledmode>
OK
Write Command
AT+QLEDMODE=<ledmode>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
<ledmode> 0 Network Indication LED flashes rapidly when a call is ringing
1 No effect on the Network Indication LED when a call is ringing
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 219 / 259
Please restart the module after the command is set.
14.7. AT+QVBATT Configure the Threshold of Voltage
2 No effect on the Network Indication LED when a call is ringing, and RI will not
change when URC reported until the ringing ends
AT+QVBATT Configure the Threshold of Voltage
Test Command
AT+QVBATT=?
Response
+QVBATT: 0,(3451-3600),(0,1)
+QVBATT: 1,(3100-3450),(0,1)
+QVBATT: 2,(4300-4550),(0,1)
+QVBATT: 3,(4551-4730),(0,1)
OK
Read Command
AT+QVBATT?
Response
+QVBATT: 0,<threshold>,<state>
+QVBATT: 1,<threshold>,<state>
+QVBATT: 2,<threshold>,<state>
+QVBATT: 3,<threshold>,<state>
OK
Write Command
AT+QVBATT=<threshold_type>[,<thr
eshold>[,<state>]]
Response
If format is right, response:
OK
Else if <threshold> is omitted and <threshold_type> is legal,
this command is used to query the value of the corresponding
parameter, and response:
+QVBATT: <threshold_type>,<threshold>,<state>
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 220 / 259
Parameter
1. When the battery voltage reaches the setting threshold, reported the URC as follows:
UNDER_VOLTAGE WARNING
UNDER_VOLTAGE POWER DOWN
OVER_VOLTAGE WARNING
OVER_VOLTAGE POWER DOWN
2. This command can be saved by AT&W.
Example
AT+QVBATT=? //Test command, query threshold setting range
+QVBATT: 0,(3451-3600),(0,1)
+QVBATT: 1,(3100-3450),(0,1)
+QVBATT: 2,(4300-4550),(0,1)
+QVBATT: 3,(4551-4730),(0,1)
OK
AT+QVBATT? //Read command
+QVBATT: 0,3500,1
+QVBATT: 1,3100,1
+QVBATT: 2,4500,0
+QVBATT: 3,4600,0
OK
AT+QVBATT=0,3490 //Set the low voltagel warning voltage as 3490mV
OK
AT+QVBATT=0 //Query the low voltage warning threshold and state
+QVBATT: 0,3490,1 //0 is the function type of the low voltage warning; 3490 is
<threshold_type> Type of configuring voltage threshold.
0 The threshold of low voltage warning
1 The threshold of low voltage power down
2 The threshold of high voltage warning
3 The threshold of high voltage power down
<threshold> Voltage threshold. Unit: mV
<state> The corresponding function of <threshold_type> parameter is enabled/disabled.
The default low voltage warning and low voltage power down function is enabled.
The default high voltage warning and high voltage power down function is disabled
0 The function is disabled
1 The function is enabled
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 221 / 259
the threshold of the low voltage warning; 1 means that the
function of the low voltage power warning is enabled.
OK
AT+QVBATT=1,3300,0 //The functon of the low voltagel power off is disabled.
OK
AT+QVBATT=1 //Query the threshold of the low voltage power off and the
state
+QVBATT: 1,3300,0 //1 means the function type of the low voltage power off;
3300 is the threshold of the low voltage power off; 0 means
that the function of low voltage power off is disabled.
OK
14.8. AT+QTEMP Query the Current Voltage and Temperature
AT+QTEMP Query the Current Voltage and Temperature
Test Command
AT+QTEMP=?
Response
+QTEMP: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <
tick>s),(list of supported <count>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QTEMP?
Response
+QTEMP: <mode>,<voltage>,<temperature>
OK
Write Command
AT+QTEMP=<mode>[,<tick>,<count>
]
Response
If <mode>=1 and the command is executed successfully,
response:
OK
If <mode>=2 and the command is executed successfully,
response:
OK
+QTEMP: <mode>,<voltage>,<temperature>
…
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 222 / 259
Parameter
1. When <tick> and <count> are omitted, their default values will be used if they haven’t been set yet;
otherwise their previous values will be used.
2. URC interval time is approximately equal to <count>*(<tick>*4.615 + 6) milliseconds when <mode>=2.
14.9. AT+QMSDC Mount/Unmount an External SD Card
Parameter
Reference
<mode> 0 Disable
1 Enable
2 Sample and report circularly
<tick> 1-40-65535 Sampling period, only takes effect when <mode>=2
<count> 1-254 Sampling times, only takes effect when <mode>=2
<voltage> The current voltage of the temperature sensitive resistor (mV)
<temperature> The current temperature of the temperature sensitive resistor
AT+QMSDC Mount/Unmount an External SD Card
Test Command
AT+QMSDC=?
Response
+QMSDC: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+QMSDC=<mode>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
<mode> Number format. Indicate the status of an external SD card.
0 Unmount
1 Mount
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 223 / 259
1. This command is only support by MC20 module.
2. The configuration of this command will take effect immediately and will not be saved after power-off.
NOTES
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 224 / 259
15 Others Commands
15.1. A/ Re-issue the Last Command Given
This command does not work when the serial multiplexer is active. It does not have to end with the
terminating character.
Example
AT
OK
A/ //Re-issue the previous command
OK
15.2. ATE Set Command Echo Mode
A/ Re-issue the Last Command Given
Execution Command
A/
Response
Re-issue the previous command
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
ATE Set Command Echo Mode
Execution Command
ATE[<value>]
Response
This setting determines whether or not the TA echoes
characters received from TE during command state.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
NOTE
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 225 / 259
Parameter
15.3. ATS3 Set Command Line Termination Character
Parameter
15.4. ATS4 Set Response Formatting Character
<value> 0 Echo mode off
1 Echo mode on
ATS3 Set Command Line Termination Character
Read Command
ATS3?
Response
<n>
OK
Write Command
ATS3=<n>
Response
This parameter setting determines the character recognized
by TA to terminate an incoming command line. The TA also
returns this character in output.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<n> 0-13-127 Command line termination character (Default 13=<CR>)
ATS4 Set Response Formatting Character
Read Command
ATS4?
Response
<n>
OK
Write Command
ATS4=<n>
Response
This parameter setting determines the character generated by
the TA for result code and information text.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 226 / 259
Parameter
15.5. ATS5 Set Command Line Editing Character
Parameter
15.6. AT+QRIMODE Set RI Time
Reference
V.25ter
<n> 0-10-127 Response formatting character (Default 10=<LF>)
ATS5 Set Command Line Editing Character
Read Command
ATS5?
Response
<n>
OK
Write Command
ATS5=<n>
Response
This parameter setting determines the character recognized
by TA as a request to delete the immediately preceding
character from the command line.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
<n> 0-8-127 Response editing character (Default 8=<Backspace>)
AT+QRIMODE Set RI Time
Test Command
AT+QRIMODE=?
Response
+QRIMODE: (list of supported <timemode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+QRIMODE?
Response
+QRIMODE: <timemode>
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 227 / 259
Parameter
<timemode> Time mode
0 120ms low pulse for RI when receiving SMS or other URCs
1 120ms low pulse for RI when receiving SMS; 50ms low pulse when receiving
other URCs
2 When a new SMS is received, RI changes to LOW and holds low level for
120ms; when other URCs are received, it takes no effect on RI
OK
Write Command
AT+QRIMODE=<timemode>
Response
OK
If there is any error related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Quectel
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 228 / 259
16 Appendix References
16.1. Related Documents
Table 4: Related Documents
SN
Document Name
Remark
[1]
V.25ter
Serial asynchronous automatic dialing and
control
[2]
GSM 07.07
Digital cellular telecommunications (Phase 2+);
AT command set for GSM Mobile Equipment
(ME)
[3]
GSM 07.05
Use of Data Terminal Equipment - Data Circuit
terminating Equipment (DTE- DCE) interface for
Short Message Service (SMS) and Cell
Broadcast Service (CBS)
[4]
GSM 07.10
Support GSM 07.10 multiplexing protocol
[5]
Quectel_GSM_TCP(IP)_Application_Note
GSM TCP/IP Application Note
[6]
Quectel_GSM_MUX_Application_Note
MUX Application Note
[7]
Quectel_GSM_SMS_Application_Note
SMS Application Note
[8]
Quectel_MC20_Hardware_Design
MC20 Hardware Design
[9]
Quectel_MC30_Hardware_Design
MC30 Hardware Design
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 229 / 259
16.2. Terms and Abbreviations
Table 5: Terms and Abbreviations
Abbreviation
Description
AMR
Adaptive Multi-Rate
AID
Application IDentifier
APDU
Application Protocol Data Unit
CLA
CLAss
CSD
Circuit Switch Data
DCD
Dynamic Content Delivery
DCE
Data Communication Equipment
DTE
Data Terminal Equipment
DTR
Data Terminal Ready
GPRS
General Packet Radio Service
ME
Mobile Equipment
MS
Mobile Station
PDP
Packet Data Protocol
PSC
Primary Synchronization Code
RTS/CTS
Request To Send/Clear To Send
TA
Terminal Adapter
TCP
Transmission Control Protocol
TE
Terminal Equipment
UDP
User Datagram Protocol
UICC
Universal Integrated Circuit Card
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 230 / 259
16.3. Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F
Table 6: Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F
AT Command
Parameters
Factory Defaults
ATE
<value>
1
ATQ
<n>
0
ATS0
<n>
0
ATS3
<n>
13
ATS4
<n>
10
ATS5
<n>
8
ATS6
<n>
2
ATS7
<n>
60
ATS8
<n>
2
ATS10
<n>
15
ATV
<value>
1
ATX
<value>
4
AT&C
<value>
1
AT&D
<value>
0
AT+ILRR
<value>
0
AT+CREG
<n>
0
AT+CCUG
<n>,<index>,<info>
0,0,0
AT+CCWA
<n>
0
AT+CSCS
<chset>
“GSM”
AT+CSTA
<type>
129
AT+CLIP
<n>
0
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 231 / 259
AT+CLIR
<n>
0
AT+CMEE
<n>
1
AT+COLP
<n>
0
AT+CR
<mode>
0
AT+QDISH
<disableath>
0
AT+CRSL
<level>
55
AT+CLVL
<level>
When AT+QAUDCH=0, the default
value <level>=60;
When AT+QAUDCH=1, the default
value <level>=40;
When AT+QAUDCH=2, the default
value <level>=35;
AT+CUSD
<n>
0
AT+CSSN
<n>,<m>
0,0
AT+CSNS
<mode>
0
AT+CMGF
<mode>
0
AT+CNMI
<mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr>
2,1,0,0,0
AT+CSDH
<show>
0
AT+CSMS
<service>
0
AT+QSIDET
<gainlevel>
When AT+QAUDCH=0, the default
value <gainlevel>=80;
When AT+QAUDCH=1, the default
value <gainlevel>=144;
AT+QMIC
<gainlevel(Normal_Mic)>,<gainlevel(He
adset_Mic)>,<gainlevel(Loudspeaker_
Mic)>
4,9,8
AT+QSCLK
<n>
0
AT+QCLIP
<n>
0
AT+QCOLP
<n>
0
AT+QIURC
<mode>
1
AT+QEXTUNSOL
<mode>
0
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 232 / 259
16.4. AT Command Settings Storable with AT&W
Table 7: AT Command Settings Storable with AT&W
AT+QRIMODE
<timemode>
0
AT+QSIMDET
<enable>,<insert_level>,<pin_choice>
0,0,0
AT+QSIMSTAT
<enable>
0
AT Command
Parameters
Display with AT&V
ATE
<value>
Yes
ATQ
<n>
Yes
ATS0
<n>
Yes
ATS3
<n>
Yes
ATS4
<n>
Yes
ATS5
<n>
Yes
ATS6
<n>
Yes
ATS7
<n>
Yes
ATS8
<n>
Yes
ATS10
<n>
Yes
ATV
<value>
Yes
ATX
<value>
No
AT&C
<value>
Yes
AT&D
<value>
Yes
AT+ICF
<format>,<parity>
Yes
AT+IFC
<dce_by_dte>,<dte_by_dce>
Yes
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 233 / 259
AT+ILRR
<value>
Yes
AT+IPR
<rate>
Yes
AT+CREG
<n>
Yes
AT+CCUG
<n>,<index>,<info>
Yes
AT+CCWA
<n>
Yes
AT+CSCS
<chset>
Yes
AT+CSTA
<type>
Yes
AT+CLIP
<n>
Yes
AT+CLIR
<n>
Yes
AT+CMEE
<n>
Yes
AT+COLP
<n>
Yes
AT+CR
<mode>
Yes
AT+QDISH
<disableath>
No
AT+CRSL
<level>
No
AT+CLVL
<level>
No
AT+CUSD
<n>
Yes
AT+CSNS
<mode>
Yes
AT+CMGF
<mode>
Yes
AT+CNMI
<mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr>
Yes
AT+CSDH
<show>
Yes
AT+QSIDET
<gainlevel>
Yes
AT+QMIC
<gainlevel(Normal_Mic)>,<gainlevel(He
adset_Mic)>,<gainlevel(Loudspeaker_
Mic)>
Yes
AT+QSCLK
<n>
No
AT+QCLIP
<n>
Yes
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 234 / 259
16.5. AT Command Settings Storable with ATZ
Table 8: AT Command Settings Storable with ATZ
AT+QCOLP
<n>
Yes
AT+QIURC
<mode>
No
AT+QEXTUNSOL
<mode>
No
AT+QRIMODE
<timemode>
No
AT+QSIMDET
<enable>,<insert_level>,<pin_choice>
Yes
AT+QSIMSTAT
<enable>
Yes
AT Command
Parameters
Factory Defaults
ATE
<value>
1
ATQ
<n>
0
ATS0
<n>
0
ATS3
<n>
13
ATS4
<n>
10
ATS5
<n>
8
ATS6
<n>
2
ATS7
<n>
60
ATS8
<n>
2
ATS10
<n>
15
ATV
<value>
1
ATX
<value>
4
AT&C
<value>
1
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 235 / 259
AT&D
<value>
0
AT+ILRR
<value>
0
AT+CREG
<n>
0
AT+CCUG
<n>,<index>,<info>
0,0,0
AT+CCWA
<n>
0
AT+CSCS
<chset>
“GSM”
AT+CSTA
<type>
129
AT+CLIP
<n>
0
AT+CLIR
<n>
0
AT+CMEE
<n>
1
AT+COLP
<n>
0
AT+CR
<mode>
0
AT+QDISH
<disableath>
0
AT+CRSL
<level>
55
AT+CLVL
<level>
When AT+QAUDCH=0, the default
value <level>=60;
When AT+QAUDCH=1, the default
value <level>=40;
When AT+QAUDCH=2, the default
value <level>=35;
AT+CUSD
<n>
0
AT+CSSN
<n>,<m>
0,0
AT+CSNS
<mode>
0
AT+CMGF
<mode>
0
AT+CNMI
<mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr>
2,1,0,0,0
AT+CSDH
<show>
0
AT+CSMS
<service>
0
AT+QSIDET
<gainlevel>
When AT+QAUDCH=0, the default
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 236 / 259
16.6. Summary of URC
Table 9: Summary of URC
value <gainlevel>=80;
When AT+QAUDCH=1, the default
value <gainlevel>=144;
AT+QMIC
<gainlevel(Normal_Mic)>,<gainlevel(He
adset_Mic)>,<gainlevel(Loudspeaker_
Mic)>
4,9,8
AT+QSCLK
<n>
0
AT+QCLIP
<n>
0
AT+QCOLP
<n>
0
AT+QIURC
<mode>
1
AT+QEXTUNSOL
<mode>
0
AT+QRIMODE
<timemode>
0
AT+QSIMDET
<enable>,<insert_level>,<pin_choice>
0,0,0
AT+QSIMSTAT
<enable>
0
Index
URC display
Meaning
Condition
1
+CMTI: <mem>,<index>
New message is received, and
saved to memory
AT+CNMI=2,1
2
+CMT: [<alpha>],<length><C
R><LF><pdu>
New short message is received and
output directly to TE (PDU mode)
AT+CNMI=2,2
3
+CMT: <oa>,[<alpha>],<scts>[,
<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sc
a>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><L
F><data>
New short message is received and
output directly to TE (Text mode)
AT+CNMI=2,2
4
+CBM: <length><CR>
New CBM is received and output
directly (PDU mode)
AT+CNMI=2,2
5
+CBM: <sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<pa
ge>,<pages>,<CR>,<LF><dat
a>
New CBM is received and output
directly to TE (Text mode)
AT+CNMI=2,2
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 237 / 259
6
+CDS: <length><CR><LF><p
du>
New CDS is received and output
directly (PDU mode)
AT+CNMI=2,2
7
+CDS: <fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tor
a>],<scts>,<dt>,<st>
New CDS is received and output
directly to TE (Text mode)
AT+CNMI=2,2
8
+CGEV: NW DEACT<PDP_ty
pe>,<PDP_addr>[,<cid>]
GPRS network detach
AT+CGEREP=1
9
+CGEV: ME DEACT<PDP_ty
pe>,<PDP_addr>[,<cid>]
GPRS ME detach
AT+CGEREP=1
10
+CGEV: NW DETACH
GPRS network detach
AT+CGEREP=1
11
+CGEV: ME DETACH
GPRS ME detach
AT+CGEREP=1
12
+CGREG: 1
Network registered
AT+CGREG=1
13
+CGREG: 0
Network unregistered
AT+CGREG=1
14
+CGREG: 1,<lac><ci>
Network registered, with location
code
AT+CGREG=2
15
+CGREG: 0,<lac><ci>
Network unregistered, with location
code
AT+CGREG=2
16
+QCGTIND
A CS voice call, CS data, fax call or
GPRS session termination indicator
AT+QCGTIND=1
17
+CSQN: <rssi>,<ber>
Signal quality change
AT+QEXTUNSOL
="SQ",1
18
+FPLMN: <status>
Forbidden network is available only
AT+QEXTUNSOL
="FN",1
19
+CMWT: <store>,<index>,<voi
ce>,<fax>,<email>,<other>
Message waiting
AT+QEXTUNSOL
="MW",1
20
+QGURC: <event>
Unsolicited result code follows
particular call state transition
AT+QEXTUNSOL
="UR",1
21
+CBCN: <bcs>,<bcl>
Display battery connection status
and battery charge level
AT+QEXTUNSOL
="BC",1
22
+QBAND: <band>
Band mode display
AT+QEXTUNSOL
="BM",1
23
+TSMSINFO: <CMS error
info>
Additional SMS information
AT+QEXTUNSOL
="SM",1
24
+CCINFO: <Call is Disconnec
ted>,<remain calls>
Displays the disconnected call ID
and the remain call numbers after
one of the call is disconnected
AT+QEXTUNSOL
="CC",1
25
RING
Indicates incoming call
N/A
26
Call Ready
Device is ready to make/receive
calls
N/A
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 238 / 259
27
UNDER_VOLTAGE POWER
DOWN
Under voltage shutdown indication
N/A
28
UNDER_VOLTAGE WARNING
Under voltage warning
N/A
29
OVER_VOLTAGE POWER
DOWN
Over voltage shutdown indication
N/A
30
OVER_VOLTAGE WARNING
Over voltage warning
N/A
31
NORMAL POWER DOWN
Normal power down
N/A
32
+COLP: <number>,<type>[,<s
ubaddr>,<satype>[,<alpha>]]
The presentation of the
COL(connected line) at the TE for a
mobile originated call
AT+COLP=1
33
+CLIP: <number>,<type>,“[<s
ubaddr>]”,[<satype>],“[<alphaI
d>]”,<CLI validity>
Mobile terminating call indication
AT+CLIP=1
34
+CRING: <type>
An incoming call is indicated to the
TE with unsolicited result code
instead of the normal RING
AT+CRC=1
35
+CREG: <stat>
Indicate registration status of the ME
AT+CREG=1
36
+CREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
After cell neighborhood changing
shows whether the network has
currently indicated the registration of
the ME, with location area code
AT+CREG=2
37
+CCWA: <number>,<type>,<cl
ass>[,<alpha>]
Call waiting indication
AT+CCWA=1,1
38
RDY
ME initialization is successful
N/A
39
+CFUN: 1
All function of the ME is available
N/A
40
+CPIN: <state>
(U)SIM card pin state
N/A
41
MO RING
MO call ringing
AT+QMOSTAT=1
42
MO CONNECTED
MO call connected
AT+QMOSTAT=1
43
ALARM RING
Alarm event is triggered
AT+QALARM=1,<t
ime>,<repeat>,0/1
44
ALARM MODE
ME is switched on by alarm
AT+QALARM=1,<t
ime>,<repeat>,2
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 239 / 259
16.7. Summary of CME ERROR Codes
Final result code +CME ERROR: <err> indicates an error related to mobile equipment or network. The
operation is similar to ERROR result code. None of the following commands in the same command line is
executed. Neither ERROR nor OK result code shall be returned.
<err> values are mostly used by common message commands. The following table lists most of general
and GRPS related ERROR Codes. For some GSM protocol failure cause described in GSM specifications,
the corresponding ERROR codes are not included.
Table 10: Different Coding Schemes of +CME ERROR: <err>
Code of <err>
Meaning
0
Phone failure
1
No connection to phone
2
Phone-adaptor link reserved
3
Operation not allowed
4
Operation not supported
5
PH-SIM PIN required
6
PH-FSIM PIN required
7
PH-FSIM PUK required
8
PH_SIM_PUK_REQUIRED
10
(U)SIM not inserted
11
(U)SIM PIN required
12
(U)SIM PUK required
13
(U)SIM failure
14
(U)SIM busy
15
(U)SIM wrong
16
Incorrect password
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 240 / 259
17
(U)SIM PIN2 required
18
(U)SIM PUK2 required
20
Memory full
21
Invalid index
22
Not found
23
Memory failure
24
Text string too long
25
Invalid characters in text string
26
Dial string too long
27
Invalid characters in dial string
30
No network service
31
Network timeout
32
Network not allowed - emergency calls only
40
Network personalization PIN required
41
Network personalization PUK required
42
Network subset personalization PIN required
43
Network subset personalization PUK required
44
Service provider personalization PIN required
45
Service provider personalization PUK required
46
Corporate personalization PIN required
47
Corporate personalization PUK required
48
Long dial-number storage is full
100
Unknow
103
Illegal MS
106
Illegal ME
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 241 / 259
107
GPRS services not allowed
111
PLMN not allowed
112
Location area not allowed
113
Roaming not allowed in this location area
132
Service option not supported
133
Requested service option not subscribed
134
Service option temporarily out of order
148
Unspecified GPRS error
149
PDP authentication failure
150
Invalid mobile class
151
Link NS SP person PIN required
152
Link NS SP person PUK required
153
Link SIM C person PIN required
154
Link SIM C person PUK required
302
Command conflict
600
No Error
601
Unrecognized command
602
Return error
603
Syntax error
604
Unspecified
605
Data transfer already
606
Action already
607
Not AT command
608
Multi command too long
609
Abort COPS
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 242 / 259
610
No call disconnect
3513
Unread records on SIM
3515
PS busy
3516
Couldn't read SMS parameters from SIM
3517
SM not ready
3518
Invalid parameter
3519
Incomplete concatenate SMS
3738
CSCS mode not found
3742
CPOL operation format wrong
3765
Invalid input value
3769
Unable to get control
3771
Call setup in progress
3772
(U)SIM powered down
3773
Invalid CFUN state
3774
Invalid ARFCN
3775
The pin is not in GPIO mode
3777
Invalid sms character
3778
The length of SMS is zero
3779
No enough length for sc
3780
Incorrect data length
3790
Empty destination address
3791
Call is in progress
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 243 / 259
16.8. Summary of CMS ERROR Codes
Final result code +CMS ERROR: <err> indicates an error related to mobile equipment or network. The
operation is similar to ERROR result code. None of the following commands in the same command line is
executed. Neither ERROR nor OK result code shall be returned.
<err> values are mostly used by common message commands:
Table 11: Different Coding Schemes of +CMS ERROR: <err>
Code of <err>
Meaning
300
ME failure
301
SMS ME reserved
302
Operation not allowed
303
Operation not supported
304
Invalid PDU mode
305
Invalid text mode
310
(U)SIM not inserted
311
(U)SIM pin necessary
312
PH (U)SIM pin necessary
313
(U)SIM failure
314
(U)SIM busy
315
(U)SIM wrong
316
(U)SIM PUK required
317
(U)SIM PIN2 required
318
(U)SIM PUK2 required
320
Memory failure
321
Invalid memory index
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 244 / 259
322
Memory full
330
SMSC address unknown
331
No network
332
Network timeout
500
Unknown
512
(U)SIM not ready
513
Message length exceeds
514
Invalid request parameters
515
ME storage failure
517
Invalid service mode
528
More message to send state error
529
MO SMS is not allow
530
GPRS is suspended
531
ME storage full
3513
Unread records on SIM
3515
PS busy
3516
Couldn't read SMS parameters from SIM
3517
SM not ready
3518
Invalid parameter
3742
Incorrect <oper> format
3765
Invalid input value
3769
Unable to get control of required module
3771
Call setup in progress
3772
(U)SIM powered down
3773
Unable to operate in this CFUN state
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 245 / 259
16.9. Summary of Cause for Extended Error Report
16.9.1. Location ID for the Extended Error Report
Table 12: Location ID for the Extended Error Report
16.9.2. Cause for Protocol Stack (PS) Layer
Table 13: Cause for Protocol Stack (PS) Layer
3774
Invalid ARFCN in this band
3775
The pin is not in GPIO mode
ID
Description
0
No error (default)
1
Cause for protocol stack (PS) layer
2
Internal cause for Mobility Management (MM) layer
3
Cause for PPP/IP-Stack
Cause
Description
CM Cause
0
Radio link fail
1
Unassigned number
3
No route to destination
6
Channel unacceptable
8
Operator determined barring
10
Call barred
11
Reserved
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 246 / 259
16
Normal call clearing
17
User busy
18
No user responding
19
User alerting, no answer
21
Call rejected
22
Number changed
25
Pre-emption
26
Non-selected user clearing
27
Destination out of order
28
Invalid number format (incomplete number)
29
Facility rejected
30
Response to STATUS ENQUIRY
31
Normal, unspecified
34
No circuit/channel available
38
Network out of order
41
Temporary failure
42
Switching equipment congestion
43
Access information discarded
44
Requested circuit/channel not available
47
Resource unavailable, unspecified
49
Quality of service unavailable
50
Requested facility not subscribed
55
Incoming calls barred within the CUG
57
Bearer capability not authorized
58
Bearer capability not presently available
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 247 / 259
63
Service or option not available, unspecified
65
Bearer service not implemented
68
ACM equal or greater than ACM maximum
69
Requested facility not implemented
70
Only restricted digital information bearer capability is available
79
Service or option not implemented, unspecified
81
Invalid transaction identifier value
87
User not member of CUG
88
Incompatible destination
91
Invalid transit network selection
95
Semantically incorrect message
96
Invalid mandatory information
97
Message type non-existent or not implemented
98
Message type not compatible with protocol state
99
Information element non-existent or not implemented
100
Conditional information element error
101
Message not compatible with protocol
102
Recovery on timer expiry
111
Protocol error, unspecified
127
Interworking, unspecified
128
Telematic interworking not supported
129
Short message Type 0 not supported
130
Cannot replace short message
143
Unspecified TP-PID error
144
Data coding scheme (alphabet) not supported
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 248 / 259
145
Message class not supported
159
Unspecified TP-DCS error
160
Command cannot be acted
161
Command unsupported
175
Unspecified TP-Command error
176
TPDU not supported
192
SC busy
193
No SC subscription
194
SC system failure
195
Invalid SME address
196
Destination SME barred
197
SM Rejected-Duplicate SM
198
TP-VPF not supported
199
TP-VP not supported
208
(U)SIM SMS storage full
209
No SMS storage capability in SIM
210
Error in MS
211
Memory Capacity Exceeded
212
(U)SIM Application Toolkit Busy
213
(U)SIM data download error
224
CP retry exceed
225
RP trim timeout
226
SMS connection broken
255
Unspecified error cause
304
Invalid PDU mode parameter
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 249 / 259
305
Invalid TEXT mode parameter
313
(U)SIM failure
320
Memory failure
321
Invalid memory index
322
Memory full
330
SMSC address unknown
340
No +CNMA acknowledgement expected
500
Unknown error
512
SMS no error
513
Message length exceeds maximum length
514
Invalid request parameters
515
ME storage failure
516
Invalid bearer service
517
Invalid service mode
518
Invalid storage type
519
Invalid message format
520
Too many MO concatenated messages
521
SMSAL not ready
522
SMSAL no more service
523
Not support TP-Status-Report&TP-Command in storage
524
Reserved MTI
525
No free entity in RL layer
526
The port number is already registered
527
There is no free entity for port number
528
More Message to Send state error
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 250 / 259
529
MO SMS is not allow
530
GPRS is suspended
531
ME storage full
532
Doing (U)SIM refresh
CC Cause
768
Command not allowed
769
Illegal card ID
770
Call allocation fail
771
BC fill fail
772
Call RE EST
773
Illegal DTMF tone
774
Illegal BC
775
Modify actual mode
776
Data action fail
777
No response from network
778
Call accept not allowed
896
General cause
897
CSD call is aborted by user during call establishment or MT call
abort MO call/USSD
898
CSD call is disconnected due to lower layer failure
SS Cause
1024
Cause none
1025
Unknown subscriber
1033
Illegal subscriber
1034
Bearer service not provisioned
1035
Tele service not provisioned
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 251 / 259
1036
Illegal equipment
1037
Call barred
1040
Illegal SS operation
1041
SS error status
1042
SS not available
1043
SS subscription violation
1044
SS incompatibility
1045
Facility not supported
1051
Absent subscriber
1053
Short term denial
1054
Long term denial
1058
System failure
1059
Data missing
1060
Unexpected data value
1061
PW registration failure
1062
Negative PW check
1067
Number of PW attempts violation
1078
Position method failure
1095
Unknown alphabet
1096
USSD busy
1145
Rejected by user
1146
Rejected by network
1147
Deflection to served subscriber
1148
Special service code
1149
Invalid deflection to number
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 252 / 259
1150
Max number of MPTY participants exceeded
1151
Resources not available
1152
General problem, unrecognized component
1153
General problem, mistyped component
1154
General problem, badly structured component
1155
Invoke problem, duplicate invoked
1156
Invoke problem, unrecognized operation
1157
Invoke problem, mistyped parameter
1158
Invoke problem, resource limitation
1159
Invoke problem, initiating release
1160
Invoke problem, unrecognized linked ID
1161
Invoke problem, linked resource unexpected
1162
Invoke problem, unexpected linked operation
1163
Return result problem, RR unrecognized invoked
1164
Return result problem, RR, return result unexpected
1165
Return result problem, RR mistyped parameter
1166
Return error problem, RE, unrecognized invoked
1167
Return error problem, RE return error unexpected
1168
Return error problem, RE unrecognized error
1169
Return error problem, RE unexpected error
1170
Return error problem, RE mistyped parameter
MM Cause
2048
Cause none
2050
IMSI unknown in HLR
2051
Illegal MS
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 253 / 259
2052
IMSI unknown in VLR
2053
IMEI not accepted
2054
Illegal ME
2055
GPRS not allowed
2056
None GPRS not allowed
2057
MS ID not derived by network
2058
Implicit detach
2059
PLMN not allowed
2060
Location area not allowed
2061
Roaming area not allowed
2062
GPRS not allowed in PLMN
2063
No suitable cells in LA
2064
MSC temp not reachable
2065
Network failure
2068
MAC failure
2069
Sync failure
2070
Congestion
2080
Serve option not supported
2081
Request serve option not subscribed
2082
Serve option temp out of order
2086
Call cannot be identified
2088
No PDP context activated
2096
Retry upon entry into a new cell
2111
Retry upon entry into a new cell
2143
Semantically incorrect message
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 254 / 259
2144
Invalid MM info
2145
Message type non existent
2146
Message type incompatible with protocol state
2147
IE not implemented
2148
Conditional MM IE error
2149
Message not compatible with protocol state
2159
Protocol error unspecified
2160
Access barred
2161
Assignment reject
2162
Random access failure
2163
RR no service
2164
PLMN search reject emergency
2165
RR connection release
2166
Authentication failure
2167
IMSI detach
2168
Abort by network
2169
Connection timeout
2170
Enqueue fail
2171
Not updated
2172
State not allowed
2173
Emergency not allowed
2174
No service
2175
Access class barred
SIM Cause
2560
Command success
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 255 / 259
2561
Command fail
2562
Fatal error
2563
No inserted
2564
CHV not init
2565
CHV verify error
2566
CHV block
2567
Access not allow
2568
SAT command busy
2569
DL error
2570
Memory problem
2571
Technical problem
2572
PUK unlock
SM Cause
3080
Operator determined barring
3097
LLC SND failure
3098
Insufficient resource
3099
Unknown APN
3100
Unknown PDP address or type
3101
Authentication failure
3102
Activation reject GGSN
3103
Activation reject
3104
Unsupported service option
3105
Unsubscribed service option
3106
Out of order service option
3108
Regular deactivation
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 256 / 259
3109
QOS not accepted
3110
Network fail
3111
Reactivation required
3112
Unsupported network context activation
3113
Semantic error in TFT operation
3114
Syntactical error in TFT operation
3115
Unknown PDP context
3116
Semantic error in packet filter
3117
Syntax error in packet filter
3118
PDP context WO TFT already act
3153
Invalid TI
3167
Incorrect message
3168
Invalid MAND info
3169
Unimplemented message type
3170
Incompatible message type protocol state
3171
Unimplemented IE
3172
Conditional IE error
3173
Incompatible message protocol state
3183
Unspecified
3184
Startup failure
ABM Cause
3273
Success
3274
Invalid network account ID
3275
GPRS reactivate
3276
GPRS protocol rejection
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 257 / 259
16.9.3. Internal Cause for MM Layer
Table 14: Internal Cause for MM Layer
3277
CSD reactivate
3278
CSD PPP negotiated failed
3279
CSD action failed
3280
CSD call setup failed
3283
Rejected
3284
Slot limited
3285
Abort
3286
None auto deactivation
TCM Cause
3372
Invalid parameter
3373
NSAPI not in use
3374
ACL action not allowed
3375
ACL (U)SIM file full
3376
ACL add entry failed
3377
ACL del entry failed
3378
ACL set entry failed
3379
ACL (U)SIM read failed
3380
ACL (U)SIM write failed
Cause
Description
112
Forbidden PLMN
113
Access class barred
114
No coverage
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 258 / 259
16.9.4. Cause for PPP/IP-Stack
Table 15: Cause for PPP/IP-Stack
115
GPRS service not allowed
116
Timer expiry
117
(U)SIM inserted
118
(U)SIM removed
119
(U)SIM absent
120
(U)SIM invalid for PS
121
(U)SIM invalid for CS
122
(U)SIM invalid for PS and CS
123
Low layer fail
124
Connection in progress
125
Not updated
126
Connection establish failure
127
Connection abort
128
Connection failure
129
Emergency not allowed
130
No GPRS coverage
131
Abnormal LU
132
Abnormal LU less than 4 times
133
Same LAI IMSI attaching
Cause
Description
0
No error
1
LCP fail
GSM/GPRS/GNSS Module Series
MC20&MC30 AT Commands Manual
MC20&MC30_AT_Commands_Manual 259 / 259
2
Authentication fail
3
IPCP fail
4
ESC detect
5
Plug out detect
6
PPP GPRS dialup already activated
7
PPP not activated by external modem yet
8
PPP already activated by external modem
9
PPP not activated by WAP over CSD yet
10
PPP already activated by WAP over CSD
11
PPP wrong CSD mode ID
12
PPP detect AT command during dialup
13
PPP detect escape during dialup

Navigation menu